|  | 
                
                  |  |  | 
                1 | CHAMBER ACTION | 
                | 2 |  | 
              
                | 3 |  | 
              
                | 4 |  | 
              
                | 5 |  | 
              
                | 6 | The Committee on Appropriations recommends the following: | 
              
                | 7 |  | 
              
                | 8 | Committee Substitute | 
              
                | 9 | Remove the entire bill and insert: | 
              
                | 10 | A bill to be entitled | 
              
                | 11 | An act relating to quality education; providing a popular | 
              
                | 12 | name; amending s. 1003.01, F.S.; defining the terms "core- | 
              
                | 13 | curricula courses" and "extracurricular courses"; amending | 
              
                | 14 | s. 1003.03, F.S.; providing legislative intent; | 
              
                | 15 | establishing the constitutional class size maximums; | 
              
                | 16 | providing for the determination of averages; requiring the | 
              
                | 17 | Department of Education to calculate averages based upon | 
              
                | 18 | student membership surveys; providing implementation | 
              
                | 19 | options for school districts; providing accountability for | 
              
                | 20 | the class size reduction measures; creating s. 1011.685, | 
              
                | 21 | F.S.; establishing an operating categorical fund for | 
              
                | 22 | implementing class size reduction; providing for use of | 
              
                | 23 | the funds by school districts; authorizing use of capital | 
              
                | 24 | outlay millage; requiring reports; creating s. 1013.735, | 
              
                | 25 | F.S.; establishing the Class Size Reduction Infrastructure | 
              
                | 26 | Program; providing for the allocation of funds; providing | 
              
                | 27 | requirements for district participation; providing for the | 
              
                | 28 | use of the funds; creating s. 1013.736, F.S.; establishing | 
              
                | 29 | the District Effort Recognition Program; providing | 
              
                | 30 | eligibility for school district participation; providing | 
              
                | 31 | for allocation and distribution of funds; creating s. | 
              
                | 32 | 1013.737, F.S.; establishing the Class Size Reduction | 
              
                | 33 | Lottery Revenue Bond Program; authorizing issuance of | 
              
                | 34 | revenue bonds to finance or refinance the construction, | 
              
                | 35 | acquisition, reconstruction, or renovation of educational | 
              
                | 36 | facilities; amending s. 24.121, F.S.; removing limitations | 
              
                | 37 | on lottery revenues that may be pledged to the payment of | 
              
                | 38 | debt service; amending s. 121.091, F.S.; authorizing | 
              
                | 39 | instructional and administrative personnel who receive | 
              
                | 40 | authorization to extend participation in the Deferred | 
              
                | 41 | Retirement Option Program on an annual contractual basis; | 
              
                | 42 | amending s. 1001.42, F.S.; eliminating a cross reference | 
              
                | 43 | to small schools; creating s. 1002.395, F.S.; providing | 
              
                | 44 | for Florida Learning Access Grants; providing obligations | 
              
                | 45 | of school districts, parents, and the Department of | 
              
                | 46 | Education; providing private school eligibility | 
              
                | 47 | requirements; creating s. 1002.396, F.S.; providing for | 
              
                | 48 | kindergarten grants; providing obligations of parents and | 
              
                | 49 | the Department of Education; providing private | 
              
                | 50 | kindergarten eligibility requirements; creating s. | 
              
                | 51 | 1002.397, F.S.; providing for K–8 virtual school grants; | 
              
                | 52 | providing obligations of students, parents, and the | 
              
                | 53 | Department of Education; providing K–8 virtual school | 
              
                | 54 | eligibility requirements; amending s. 220.187, F.S.; | 
              
                | 55 | expanding and revising the corporate income tax credit | 
              
                | 56 | scholarship program; amending s. 1002.20, F.S., relating | 
              
                | 57 | to parent and student rights, to conform to changes made | 
              
                | 58 | by the act; amending s. 1002.33, F.S.; removing the cap on | 
              
                | 59 | the number of charter schools authorized in school | 
              
                | 60 | districts; correcting cross references; amending s. | 
              
                | 61 | 1002.41, F.S.; correcting a cross reference; amending s. | 
              
                | 62 | 1003.02, F.S.; requiring school districts to notify | 
              
                | 63 | parents of acceleration mechanisms; eliminating a cross | 
              
                | 64 | reference to conform to changes made by the act; creating | 
              
                | 65 | s. 1003.429, F.S.; providing options for accelerated high | 
              
                | 66 | school graduation; providing for a 3-year standard college | 
              
                | 67 | preparatory program and a 3-year career preparatory | 
              
                | 68 | program; amending s. 1003.43, F.S.; including parenting | 
              
                | 69 | skills in the life management skills course; removing | 
              
                | 70 | requirement that the life management skills course be | 
              
                | 71 | taken in certain grades; amending s. 1003.436, F.S.; | 
              
                | 72 | reducing the number of hours required for one full credit; | 
              
                | 73 | amending s. 1007.261, F.S.; revising credit requirements | 
              
                | 74 | for admission to state universities; amending s. 1007.27, | 
              
                | 75 | F.S.; requiring notification to students and parents of | 
              
                | 76 | acceleration opportunities; authorizing the State Board of | 
              
                | 77 | Education to adopt rules concerning articulated | 
              
                | 78 | acceleration mechanisms; requiring the State Board of | 
              
                | 79 | Education to review and report on the use of acceleration | 
              
                | 80 | mechanisms and grading practices, including the weighting | 
              
                | 81 | of courses, for credit and admission; amending s. 1003.62, | 
              
                | 82 | F.S.; deleting provisions relating to the charter school | 
              
                | 83 | district pilot program; providing for establishment of | 
              
                | 84 | academic performance-based charter school districts; | 
              
                | 85 | providing for eligibility and exemption from statutes and | 
              
                | 86 | rules; requiring annual reports; including a grandfather | 
              
                | 87 | provision for certain pilot program charter school | 
              
                | 88 | districts; amending s. 1011.62, F.S.; removing a date | 
              
                | 89 | limitation to provide for categorical flexibility; | 
              
                | 90 | providing for advertisement and reporting; amending s. | 
              
                | 91 | 1011.68, F.S.; correcting a cross reference; amending s. | 
              
                | 92 | 1011.69, F.S.; deleting obsolete provisions; revising | 
              
                | 93 | equity in school-level funding provisions; providing that | 
              
                | 94 | class size reduction operating categorical funds are not | 
              
                | 95 | subject to provisions requiring equity in school-level | 
              
                | 96 | funding; amending s. 1012.56, F.S.; revising the time | 
              
                | 97 | period for which an official statement of status of | 
              
                | 98 | eligibility for certification is valid; revising | 
              
                | 99 | requirements for mastery of general knowledge, mastery of | 
              
                | 100 | subject area knowledge, and mastery of professional | 
              
                | 101 | preparation and education competence; revising provisions | 
              
                | 102 | relating to temporary certificates; amending s. 1012.57, | 
              
                | 103 | F.S.; requiring district school boards to adopt rules to | 
              
                | 104 | allow for the issuance of adjunct teaching certificates; | 
              
                | 105 | revising provisions relating to determination of expertise | 
              
                | 106 | in the subject area to be taught; amending s. 1013.03, | 
              
                | 107 | F.S.; requiring the Department of Education to review | 
              
                | 108 | rules relating to school construction and make | 
              
                | 109 | recommendations to the State Board of Education; amending | 
              
                | 110 | s. 1013.31, F.S.; requiring school districts to | 
              
                | 111 | periodically update the inventory of educational | 
              
                | 112 | facilities; amending s. 1002.37, F.S.; revising priorities | 
              
                | 113 | of the Florida Virtual School; providing that certain | 
              
                | 114 | funds are internal funds; authorizing supplemental support | 
              
                | 115 | organizations; revising administrative responsibilities | 
              
                | 116 | regarding funding and reporting requirements for the board | 
              
                | 117 | of trustees of the Florida Virtual School; authorizing | 
              
                | 118 | franchise agreements; providing for funding the Florida | 
              
                | 119 | Virtual School within the Florida Education Finance | 
              
                | 120 | Program; providing for funding based on credit completion; | 
              
                | 121 | providing a calculation; eliminating obsolete provisions; | 
              
                | 122 | amending s. 1011.61, F.S.; revising definition of "full- | 
              
                | 123 | time equivalent student" to include a Florida Virtual | 
              
                | 124 | School student; providing for membership to exceed certain | 
              
                | 125 | maximum days of instruction; amending s. 1013.64, F.S.; | 
              
                | 126 | revising provisions relating to determination of | 
              
                | 127 | allocations to school districts from the Public Education | 
              
                | 128 | Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund; revising | 
              
                | 129 | provisions relating to the costs per student station; | 
              
                | 130 | authorizing a school district to exceed cost per student | 
              
                | 131 | station requirements under certain circumstances; | 
              
                | 132 | requiring reports; repealing ss. 1007.261(2), 1012.41, | 
              
                | 133 | 1013.21, and 1013.43, F.S., relating to credit | 
              
                | 134 | requirements, employment of directors of career and | 
              
                | 135 | technical education, reduction of relocatable facilities | 
              
                | 136 | in use, and the small school requirement; amending s. | 
              
                | 137 | 216.292, F.S.; requiring the Executive Office of the | 
              
                | 138 | Governor to transfer funds for class size reduction based | 
              
                | 139 | on recommendations of the Florida Education Finance | 
              
                | 140 | Program Appropriation Allocation Conference; requiring | 
              
                | 141 | notice and review; creating s. 1000.041, F.S.; providing | 
              
                | 142 | legislative purposes and guiding principles for BEST | 
              
                | 143 | Florida teaching; amending s. 1001.33, F.S.; requiring | 
              
                | 144 | cooperation to apply such guiding principles; amending s. | 
              
                | 145 | 1001.42, F.S.; requiring district school boards to provide | 
              
                | 146 | clerical personnel or volunteers to assist teachers in | 
              
                | 147 | noninstructional activities; requiring school district | 
              
                | 148 | support of authority; amending ss. 1001.51 and 1001.54, | 
              
                | 149 | F.S.; providing for cooperation and support of district | 
              
                | 150 | school superintendents and school principals; amending s. | 
              
                | 151 | 1002.20, F.S.; providing student rights with respect to | 
              
                | 152 | classroom orderliness; amending s. 1002.42, F.S.; | 
              
                | 153 | correcting a cross reference; amending s. 1003.04, F.S.; | 
              
                | 154 | requiring specified student conduct; requiring parental | 
              
                | 155 | cooperation with school authority; amending s. 1003.31, | 
              
                | 156 | F.S.; providing for support of the authority of teachers | 
              
                | 157 | and bus drivers; amending s. 1003.32, F.S.; revising | 
              
                | 158 | provisions relating to teacher authority and | 
              
                | 159 | responsibility for control of students; designating a | 
              
                | 160 | school placement review committee to determine placement | 
              
                | 161 | for disruptive students; requiring reports; requiring | 
              
                | 162 | Commissioner of Education review of success in achieving | 
              
                | 163 | orderly classrooms and use of enforcement actions; | 
              
                | 164 | requiring reporting of knowledge or belief of crimes of | 
              
                | 165 | violence on school property; providing immunity; amending | 
              
                | 166 | s. 1004.04, F.S.; revising provisions relating to state | 
              
                | 167 | approval of teacher preparation programs; expanding State | 
              
                | 168 | Board of Education rules establishing core curricula; | 
              
                | 169 | requiring teacher preparation programs to incorporate | 
              
                | 170 | certain instruction; providing for guarantee; providing | 
              
                | 171 | for additional teacher training under certain | 
              
                | 172 | circumstances; authorizing pay for student teacher | 
              
                | 173 | internships; providing priority consideration for | 
              
                | 174 | participation in teacher education pilot programs; | 
              
                | 175 | amending ss. 1006.08 and 1006.09, F.S.; providing for | 
              
                | 176 | district school superintendent and school principal | 
              
                | 177 | support relating to student discipline; amending s. | 
              
                | 178 | 1009.59, F.S.; renaming and revising eligibility criteria | 
              
                | 179 | and loan reimbursement of the Critical Teacher Shortage | 
              
                | 180 | Student Loan Forgiveness Program; creating s. 1009.591, | 
              
                | 181 | F.S.; creating the Teaching Fellows Program to encourage | 
              
                | 182 | certain graduate students to enter the teaching | 
              
                | 183 | profession; providing for stipends, signing bonuses upon | 
              
                | 184 | employment, and waiver of tuition and fees under certain | 
              
                | 185 | circumstances; providing repayment requirements; creating | 
              
                | 186 | s. 1011.63, F.S.; creating a categorical fund for a salary | 
              
                | 187 | career ladder; providing requirements to access funds; | 
              
                | 188 | providing for allocation to school districts and use of | 
              
                | 189 | funds; amending s. 1012.05, F.S.; requiring the Department | 
              
                | 190 | of Education to provide for one-stop shopping for teacher | 
              
                | 191 | career information and on-line support; authorizing use of | 
              
                | 192 | funds to recruit and prepare teachers; creating s. | 
              
                | 193 | 1012.231, F.S.; requiring district school board plans for | 
              
                | 194 | compensation of classroom teachers; providing for funding | 
              
                | 195 | teacher salary career ladders based on performance; | 
              
                | 196 | providing requirements and incentives relating to teacher | 
              
                | 197 | assignments; amending ss. 1012.27 and 1012.28, F.S.; | 
              
                | 198 | providing duties of district school superintendents and | 
              
                | 199 | school principals; amending s. 1012.585, F.S.; revising | 
              
                | 200 | certain requirements for renewal of professional | 
              
                | 201 | certificates; correcting a cross reference; creating s. | 
              
                | 202 | 1012.586, F.S.; authorizing school districts to process | 
              
                | 203 | certain applications via website; providing for a fee and | 
              
                | 204 | the uses thereof; amending s. 1012.72, F.S.; expanding the | 
              
                | 205 | Dale Hickam Excellent Teaching program to provide | 
              
                | 206 | incentives for teachers who seek or are issued certain | 
              
                | 207 | certification by the American Board for Certification of | 
              
                | 208 | Teacher Excellence; restricting bonuses to certain | 
              
                | 209 | teachers; repealing s. 1012.73, F.S., relating to the | 
              
                | 210 | mentor teacher pilot program; amending s. 1012.98, F.S.; | 
              
                | 211 | revising provisions relating to the School Community | 
              
                | 212 | Professional Development Act; deleting provisions relating | 
              
                | 213 | to recruitment, preparation, and professional development | 
              
                | 214 | of school administrative personnel; creating s. 1012.987, | 
              
                | 215 | F.S.; authorizing a principal leadership designation and | 
              
                | 216 | incentives therefor; requiring a system for recruitment, | 
              
                | 217 | preparation, and education leadership development of | 
              
                | 218 | school administrative personnel; authorizing request of | 
              
                | 219 | resignation of a school principal and teachers under | 
              
                | 220 | certain circumstances; requiring district school boards to | 
              
                | 221 | review and consider amending certain collective bargaining | 
              
                | 222 | contracts; requiring the Commissioner of Education to | 
              
                | 223 | conduct a survey of classroom teachers; amending ss. | 
              
                | 224 | 121.021 and 1013.35, F.S.; correcting cross references; | 
              
                | 225 | amending s. 1013.45, F.S.; requiring a life cycle analysis | 
              
                | 226 | when constructing or expanding educational facilities; | 
              
                | 227 | authorizing an appropriation for the Teaching Fellows | 
              
                | 228 | Program; providing for severability; providing effective | 
              
                | 229 | dates. | 
              
                | 230 |  | 
              
                | 231 | WHEREAS, in 1998, the voters approved an amendment to | 
              
                | 232 | Section 1, Article IX of the State Constitution that required | 
              
                | 233 | the Legislature to establish by law a uniform, efficient, safe, | 
              
                | 234 | secure, and high-quality system of free public schools that | 
              
                | 235 | allows students to obtain a high-quality education, and | 
              
                | 236 | WHEREAS, in 2002, the voters of Florida approved a further | 
              
                | 237 | amendment to Section 1, Article IX of the State Constitution to | 
              
                | 238 | assure that students obtain a high-quality education, and | 
              
                | 239 | WHEREAS, the voters defined a high-quality education as, by | 
              
                | 240 | 2010, a prekindergarten through grade 3 core-curricula class | 
              
                | 241 | size of no more than 18 students assigned to a teacher, a grade | 
              
                | 242 | 4 through grade 8 core-curricula class size of no more than 22 | 
              
                | 243 | students assigned to a teacher, and a grade 9 through grade 12 | 
              
                | 244 | core-curricula class size of no more than 25 students assigned | 
              
                | 245 | to a teacher, and | 
              
                | 246 | WHEREAS, the Legislature finds that a high-quality | 
              
                | 247 | education cannot be achieved solely by small class sizes but | 
              
                | 248 | also requires well-educated, well-trained, well-compensated, and | 
              
                | 249 | effective classroom teachers and school administrators who | 
              
                | 250 | maintain orderly, disciplined classrooms conducive to student | 
              
                | 251 | learning, and | 
              
                | 252 | WHEREAS, Section 1, Article IX of the State Constitution | 
              
                | 253 | requires that reduced class sizes be accomplished through a | 
              
                | 254 | system that is both efficient and uniform, and | 
              
                | 255 | WHEREAS, the constitutional principle of efficiency | 
              
                | 256 | includes the school districts’ use of their facilities, | 
              
                | 257 | teachers, and other resources in the most efficient manner, and | 
              
                | 258 | WHEREAS, the Florida Supreme Court, in considering the | 
              
                | 259 | provisions of Amendment 9 to Section 1, Article IX of the State | 
              
                | 260 | Constitution, found that “rather than restricting the | 
              
                | 261 | Legislature, the proposed amendment gives the Legislature | 
              
                | 262 | latitude in designing ways to reach the class size goal | 
              
                | 263 | articulated in the ballot initiative, and places the obligation | 
              
                | 264 | to ensure compliance on the Legislature,” and | 
              
                | 265 | WHEREAS, the Legislature has chosen to focus on teacher | 
              
                | 266 | quality and student achievement, provide clarity of goals, | 
              
                | 267 | safeguard the efficient use of public funds, allow flexibility | 
              
                | 268 | to reach those goals, recognize issues relating to both | 
              
                | 269 | efficiency and equity of implementation, and require | 
              
                | 270 | accountability to meet the standards set forth in the State | 
              
                | 271 | Constitution, NOW, THEREFORE, | 
              
                | 272 |  | 
              
                | 273 | Be It Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida: | 
              
                | 274 |  | 
              
                | 275 | Section 1.  This act shall be known by the popular name the | 
              
                | 276 | "Quality Education Act," with emphasis on class size reduction | 
              
                | 277 | and better educated students and teachers (BEST) Florida | 
              
                | 278 | teaching. | 
              
                | 279 | Section 2.  Subsections (14) and (15) are added to section | 
              
                | 280 | 1003.01, Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 281 | 1003.01  Definitions.--As used in this chapter, the term: | 
              
                | 282 | (14)  "Core-curricula courses" means courses defined by the | 
              
                | 283 | State Board of Education as mathematics, language arts/reading, | 
              
                | 284 | science, social studies, foreign language, English for Speakers | 
              
                | 285 | of Other Languages, or exceptional student education and courses | 
              
                | 286 | taught in traditional, self-contained elementary school | 
              
                | 287 | classrooms. The term is limited in meaning and used for the sole | 
              
                | 288 | purpose of designating classes that are subject to the maximum | 
              
                | 289 | class size requirements established in s. 1, Art. IX of the | 
              
                | 290 | State Constitution. | 
              
                | 291 | (15)  "Extracurricular courses" means all courses that are | 
              
                | 292 | not defined as core-curricula courses. The term is limited in | 
              
                | 293 | meaning and used for the sole purpose of designating classes | 
              
                | 294 | that are not subject to the maximum class size requirements | 
              
                | 295 | established in s. 1, Art. IX of the State Constitution. | 
              
                | 296 | Section 3.  Section 1003.03, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 297 | to read: | 
              
                | 298 | (Substantial rewording of section. See | 
              
                | 299 | s. 1003.03, F.S., for present text.) | 
              
                | 300 | 1003.03  Maximum class size.-- | 
              
                | 301 | (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT.--It is the intent of the | 
              
                | 302 | Legislature that s. 1, Art. IX of the State Constitution be | 
              
                | 303 | implemented in an efficient manner that preserves the choice | 
              
                | 304 | options available to parents and students.  Accordingly, the | 
              
                | 305 | Legislature finds that lab schools, charter schools, the Florida | 
              
                | 306 | Virtual School, eligible K–8 virtual schools, and the Florida | 
              
                | 307 | School for the Deaf and the Blind, as well as other alternatives | 
              
                | 308 | to traditional delivery of instruction in the public schools, | 
              
                | 309 | including, but not limited to, Advanced Placement, International | 
              
                | 310 | Baccalaureate, Advanced International Certificate of Education, | 
              
                | 311 | and dual enrollment courses, are not encompassed in the | 
              
                | 312 | definition of core-curricula courses for purposes of | 
              
                | 313 | implementing s. 1, Art. IX of the State Constitution. | 
              
                | 314 | (2)  CONSTITUTIONAL CLASS SIZE MAXIMUMS.--Pursuant to s. 1, | 
              
                | 315 | Art. IX of the State Constitution, beginning in the 2010-2011 | 
              
                | 316 | school year: | 
              
                | 317 | (a)  The maximum number of students assigned to each | 
              
                | 318 | teacher who is teaching a core-curricula course in public school | 
              
                | 319 | classrooms for prekindergarten through grade 3 may not exceed 18 | 
              
                | 320 | students. | 
              
                | 321 | (b)  The maximum number of students assigned to each | 
              
                | 322 | teacher who is teaching a core-curricula course in public school | 
              
                | 323 | classrooms for grades 4 through 8 may not exceed 22 students. | 
              
                | 324 | (c)  The maximum number of students assigned to each | 
              
                | 325 | teacher who is teaching a core-curricula course in public school | 
              
                | 326 | classrooms for grades 9 through 12 may not exceed 25 students. | 
              
                | 327 | (3)  IMPLEMENTATION.-- | 
              
                | 328 | (a)  Beginning with the 2003-2004 fiscal year, each school | 
              
                | 329 | district that is not in compliance with the maximums described | 
              
                | 330 | in subsection (2) shall reduce the average number of students | 
              
                | 331 | per classroom in each of the following grade groupings: | 
              
                | 332 | prekindergarten through grade 3, grade 4 through grade 8, and | 
              
                | 333 | grade 9 through grade 12, by at least two students each year. | 
              
                | 334 | (b)  Determination of the average number of students per | 
              
                | 335 | classroom as described in paragraph (a) shall be calculated as | 
              
                | 336 | follows: | 
              
                | 337 | 1.  For fiscal years 2003-2004 through 2005-2006, the | 
              
                | 338 | calculation for compliance for each of the three grade groupings | 
              
                | 339 | shall be the average at the school district level. | 
              
                | 340 | 2.  For fiscal years 2006-2007 and 2007-2008, the | 
              
                | 341 | calculation for compliance for each of the three grade groupings | 
              
                | 342 | shall be the average at the school level. | 
              
                | 343 | 3.  For fiscal years 2008-2009, 2009-2010, and thereafter, | 
              
                | 344 | the calculation for compliance for each of the three grade | 
              
                | 345 | groupings shall be at the individual classroom level. | 
              
                | 346 | (c)  The Department of Education shall annually calculate | 
              
                | 347 | each of the three average class size measures described in | 
              
                | 348 | paragraphs (a) and (b) based upon the October student membership | 
              
                | 349 | survey. For purposes of determining the baseline from which each | 
              
                | 350 | school district's average class size must be reduced for the | 
              
                | 351 | 2003-2004 school year, the department shall use data from the | 
              
                | 352 | March 2003 student membership survey updated to include | 
              
                | 353 | classroom identification numbers as required by the department. | 
              
                | 354 | (d)  Prior to the adoption of the school district budget | 
              
                | 355 | for 2003-2004, each district school board shall hold public | 
              
                | 356 | hearings to review school attendance zones in order to ensure | 
              
                | 357 | maximum use of facilities while minimizing the additional use of | 
              
                | 358 | transportation in order to comply with the two-student-per-year | 
              
                | 359 | reduction required in paragraph (a). School districts that meet | 
              
                | 360 | the constitutional class size maximums described in subsection | 
              
                | 361 | (2) are exempt from this requirement. | 
              
                | 362 |  | 
              
                | 363 | As alternatives to instruction in traditional public schools, | 
              
                | 364 | courses provided by lab schools, charter schools, the Florida | 
              
                | 365 | Virtual School, eligible K–8 virtual schools, and the Florida | 
              
                | 366 | School for the Deaf and the Blind and Advanced Placement, | 
              
                | 367 | International Baccalaureate, Advanced International Certificate | 
              
                | 368 | of Education, and dual enrollment courses are not encompassed | 
              
                | 369 | within the definition of core-curricula courses in public school | 
              
                | 370 | classrooms. School districts shall make every effort to further | 
              
                | 371 | reduce exceptional student education and English for Speakers of | 
              
                | 372 | Other Languages class sizes below the class size maximums as | 
              
                | 373 | necessary to provide high-quality instruction for these special | 
              
                | 374 | needs students. | 
              
                | 375 | (4)  IMPLEMENTATION OPTIONS.--District school boards must | 
              
                | 376 | consider, but are not limited to, implementing the following | 
              
                | 377 | items in order to meet the constitutional class size maximums | 
              
                | 378 | described in subsection (2) and the two-student-per-year | 
              
                | 379 | reduction required in subsection (3): | 
              
                | 380 | (a)  Adopt policies to encourage qualified students to take | 
              
                | 381 | dual enrollment courses through community colleges and state | 
              
                | 382 | universities. | 
              
                | 383 | (b)  Adopt policies to encourage students to take courses | 
              
                | 384 | from the Florida Virtual School and eligible K–8 virtual | 
              
                | 385 | schools. | 
              
                | 386 | (c)1.  Repeal district school board policies that require | 
              
                | 387 | students to have more than 24 credits to graduate from high | 
              
                | 388 | school. | 
              
                | 389 | 2.  Adopt policies to allow students to graduate from high | 
              
                | 390 | school as soon as they pass the grade 10 FCAT and complete the | 
              
                | 391 | courses required for high school graduation. | 
              
                | 392 | (d)  Use methods to maximize use of instructional staff, | 
              
                | 393 | such as changing required teaching loads and scheduling of | 
              
                | 394 | planning periods, deploying school district employees who have | 
              
                | 395 | professional certification to the classroom, using adjunct | 
              
                | 396 | educators, or using any other method not prohibited by law. | 
              
                | 397 | (e)  Use innovative methods to reduce the cost of school | 
              
                | 398 | construction by using prototype school designs, using SMART | 
              
                | 399 | Schools designs, participating in the School Infrastructure | 
              
                | 400 | Thrift (SIT) Program, or using any other method not prohibited | 
              
                | 401 | by law. | 
              
                | 402 | (f)  Use joint-use facilities through partnerships with | 
              
                | 403 | community colleges, state universities, and private colleges and | 
              
                | 404 | universities. Joint-use facilities available for use as K-12 | 
              
                | 405 | classrooms that do not meet the K-12 State Regulations for | 
              
                | 406 | Educational Facilities in the Florida Building Code may be used | 
              
                | 407 | at the discretion of the district school board provided that | 
              
                | 408 | such facilities meet all other health, life, safety, and fire | 
              
                | 409 | codes. | 
              
                | 410 | (g)  Adopt alternative methods of class scheduling, such as | 
              
                | 411 | block scheduling. | 
              
                | 412 | (h)  Redraw school attendance zones to maximize use of | 
              
                | 413 | facilities while minimizing the additional use of | 
              
                | 414 | transportation. | 
              
                | 415 | (i)  Operate schools beyond the normal operating hours to | 
              
                | 416 | provide classes in the evening or operate more than one session | 
              
                | 417 | of school during the day. | 
              
                | 418 | (j)  Use year-round schools and other nontraditional | 
              
                | 419 | calendars that do not adversely impact annual assessment of | 
              
                | 420 | student achievement. | 
              
                | 421 | (k)  Review and consider amending any collective bargaining | 
              
                | 422 | contracts that hinder the implementation of class size | 
              
                | 423 | reduction. | 
              
                | 424 | (l)  Provide Florida Learning Access Grants in accordance | 
              
                | 425 | with s. 1002.395. | 
              
                | 426 | (m)  Adopt policies to encourage the use of charter schools | 
              
                | 427 | that meet financial, management, accountability, and performance | 
              
                | 428 | standards as established by the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 429 | (n)  Use any other approach not prohibited by law. | 
              
                | 430 | (5)  ACCOUNTABILITY.-- | 
              
                | 431 | (a)  Beginning in the 2004-2005 fiscal year, if the | 
              
                | 432 | Commissioner of Education determines for any year that a school | 
              
                | 433 | district has not reduced average class size as required in | 
              
                | 434 | subsection (3) at the time of the third FEFP calculation, the | 
              
                | 435 | department shall calculate an amount from the class size | 
              
                | 436 | reduction operating categorical that is proportionate to the | 
              
                | 437 | amount of class size reduction not accomplished. Upon | 
              
                | 438 | verification of the department's calculation by the Florida | 
              
                | 439 | Education Finance Program Appropriation Allocation Conference, | 
              
                | 440 | the Executive Office of the Governor shall transfer | 
              
                | 441 | undistributed funds, except for funds that have been encumbered | 
              
                | 442 | for classroom teacher contracts, equivalent to the calculated | 
              
                | 443 | amount from the school district's class size reduction operating | 
              
                | 444 | categorical to an approved fixed capital outlay appropriation | 
              
                | 445 | for class size reduction in the affected school district | 
              
                | 446 | pursuant to s. 216.292(13). The amount of such funds transferred | 
              
                | 447 | shall be the lesser of the amount specified above or the | 
              
                | 448 | undistributed balance of the school district's class size | 
              
                | 449 | reduction operating categorical. | 
              
                | 450 | (b)  Beginning in the 2006-2007 school year, the | 
              
                | 451 | Commissioner of Education shall determine by January 15 of each | 
              
                | 452 | year which school districts have not met the two-student-per- | 
              
                | 453 | year reduction required in subsection (3) based upon a | 
              
                | 454 | comparison of the school district's October student membership | 
              
                | 455 | survey for the current school year and the March 2003 baseline | 
              
                | 456 | student membership survey. The commissioner shall report such | 
              
                | 457 | school districts to the Legislature. Each school district that | 
              
                | 458 | has not met the two-student-per-year reduction shall be required | 
              
                | 459 | to implement one of the following policies in the subsequent | 
              
                | 460 | school year unless the commissioner finds that the school | 
              
                | 461 | district comes into compliance based upon the February student | 
              
                | 462 | membership survey: | 
              
                | 463 | 1.  Year-round schools; | 
              
                | 464 | 2.  Double sessions; | 
              
                | 465 | 3.  Florida Learning Access Grants, pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 466 | 1002.395; | 
              
                | 467 | 4.  Rezoning; or | 
              
                | 468 | 5.  Maximizing use of instructional staff by changing | 
              
                | 469 | required teacher loads and scheduling of planning periods, | 
              
                | 470 | deploying school district employees who have professional | 
              
                | 471 | certification to the classroom, using adjunct educators, | 
              
                | 472 | operating schools beyond the normal operating hours to provide | 
              
                | 473 | classes in the evening, or operating more than one session of | 
              
                | 474 | school during the day. | 
              
                | 475 | A school district that is required to implement one of the | 
              
                | 476 | policies outlined in subparagraphs 1.-5. shall correct in the | 
              
                | 477 | year of implementation any past deficiencies and bring the | 
              
                | 478 | school district into compliance with the two-student-per-year | 
              
                | 479 | reduction requirements pursuant to subsection (3). A school | 
              
                | 480 | district may choose to implement more than one of these | 
              
                | 481 | policies. The district school superintendent shall report to the | 
              
                | 482 | Commissioner of Education the extent to which the school | 
              
                | 483 | district implemented any of the policies outlined in | 
              
                | 484 | subparagraphs 1.-5. in a format to be specified by the | 
              
                | 485 | commissioner. The commissioner shall use the enforcement | 
              
                | 486 | authority provided in s. 1008.32 to ensure that school districts | 
              
                | 487 | comply with the provisions of this paragraph. | 
              
                | 488 | (c)  Beginning in the 2007-2008 school year, the | 
              
                | 489 | Commissioner of Education shall annually determine which school | 
              
                | 490 | districts do not meet the requirements described in subsection | 
              
                | 491 | (3). In addition to enforcement authority provided in s. | 
              
                | 492 | 1008.32, the commissioner shall develop a constitutional | 
              
                | 493 | compliance plan for each such school district that includes, but | 
              
                | 494 | is not limited to, redrawing school attendance zones to maximize | 
              
                | 495 | use of facilities while minimizing the additional use of | 
              
                | 496 | transportation, unless the commissioner finds that the school | 
              
                | 497 | district comes into compliance based upon the February student | 
              
                | 498 | membership survey and the other accountability policies listed | 
              
                | 499 | in paragraph (b).  Each district school board shall implement | 
              
                | 500 | its constitutional compliance plan developed by the commissioner | 
              
                | 501 | until the school district complies with the constitutional class | 
              
                | 502 | size maximums. | 
              
                | 503 | Section 4.  Section 1011.685, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 504 | to read: | 
              
                | 505 | 1011.685  Class size reduction; operating categorical | 
              
                | 506 | fund.-- | 
              
                | 507 | (1)  There is created an operating categorical fund for | 
              
                | 508 | implementing the class size reduction provisions of s. 1, Art. | 
              
                | 509 | IX of the State Constitution. These funds shall be allocated to | 
              
                | 510 | each school district based on the school district's | 
              
                | 511 | proportionate share of FEFP base funding. Funds shall be | 
              
                | 512 | released upon the State Board of Education's approval of the | 
              
                | 513 | school district's class size reduction plan. | 
              
                | 514 | (2)  Class size reduction operating categorical funds shall | 
              
                | 515 | be used by school districts for the following: | 
              
                | 516 | (a)  To reduce class size in any lawful manner if the | 
              
                | 517 | school district has not met the constitutional class size | 
              
                | 518 | maximums identified in s. 1003.03(2) or the two-student-per-year | 
              
                | 519 | reduction required by s. 1003.03(3). | 
              
                | 520 | (b)  Upon satisfying the requirements of paragraph (a), to | 
              
                | 521 | implement the requirements of ss. 1011.63 and 1012.231(2). | 
              
                | 522 | (c)  Upon satisfying the requirements of paragraphs (a) and | 
              
                | 523 | (b), for any lawful operating expenditure; however, priority | 
              
                | 524 | should be given to increasing the salary of career teachers as | 
              
                | 525 | defined in s. 1012.231(2)(b). | 
              
                | 526 | (3)  Notwithstanding the provisions of s. 1011.71(2), a | 
              
                | 527 | school district receiving funds under this section is authorized | 
              
                | 528 | until June 30, 2006, to use up to 2 mills of its nonvoted | 
              
                | 529 | capital improvement millage for any lawful operating expenditure | 
              
                | 530 | if the school district has met the constitutional class size | 
              
                | 531 | maximums identified in s. 1003.03(2); however, priority should | 
              
                | 532 | be given to increasing the salary of career teachers as defined | 
              
                | 533 | in s. 1012.231(2)(b). In order to exercise the authority of this | 
              
                | 534 | subsection, the school district must: | 
              
                | 535 | (a)  Hold a public hearing that clearly communicates the | 
              
                | 536 | school district’s purpose for the use of the funds and, during a | 
              
                | 537 | regularly scheduled meeting of the district school board, vote | 
              
                | 538 | to use such funds in the manner and for the purpose identified | 
              
                | 539 | in the public hearing. | 
              
                | 540 | (b)  Annually report to the Department of Education the | 
              
                | 541 | amount of funds used and the operating expenditures for which | 
              
                | 542 | the funds were used. | 
              
                | 543 | (4)  The Department of Education shall collect all such | 
              
                | 544 | reports and shall report to the Governor, the President of the | 
              
                | 545 | Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives by | 
              
                | 546 | December 31 of each year a summary of each school district’s use | 
              
                | 547 | of nonvoted capital improvement millage for operating | 
              
                | 548 | expenditures, including a summary of the amount of funds used | 
              
                | 549 | and the operating expenditures for which the funds were used. | 
              
                | 550 | (5)  No later than June 30, 2006, the Legislature shall | 
              
                | 551 | review such reports for purposes of determining whether any | 
              
                | 552 | school district expended nonvoted capital improvement millage | 
              
                | 553 | while failing to comply with subsection (3) or any other | 
              
                | 554 | provision of law. Upon such review, if the Legislature so | 
              
                | 555 | directs, the Department of Education shall withhold from the | 
              
                | 556 | school district’s allocation from the Public Education Capital | 
              
                | 557 | Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund no less than an amount of | 
              
                | 558 | funds equivalent to the amount determined by the Legislature to | 
              
                | 559 | have been so expended. | 
              
                | 560 | Section 5.  Section 1013.735, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 561 | to read: | 
              
                | 562 | 1013.735  Class Size Reduction Infrastructure Program.-- | 
              
                | 563 | (1)  ALLOCATION.--The Department of Education shall | 
              
                | 564 | allocate funds appropriated for the Class Size Reduction | 
              
                | 565 | Infrastructure Program, which is hereby established. | 
              
                | 566 | (2)  DISTRICT PARTICIPATION.--In order to participate in | 
              
                | 567 | the Class Size Reduction Infrastructure Program, a district | 
              
                | 568 | school board shall: | 
              
                | 569 | (a)  Enter into an interlocal agreement pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 570 | 1013.33. | 
              
                | 571 | (b)  Certify that the school district's inventory of | 
              
                | 572 | facilities listed in the Florida Inventory of School Houses is | 
              
                | 573 | accurate and up to date pursuant to s. 1013.31. | 
              
                | 574 | (c)  Receive approval from the State Board of Education for | 
              
                | 575 | a capital outlay expenditure plan that is based on documented | 
              
                | 576 | infrastructure need and is limited only to construction, | 
              
                | 577 | renovation, and remodeling expenditures and purchase or lease- | 
              
                | 578 | purchase of relocatables for class size reduction. | 
              
                | 579 | (3)  USE OF FUNDS.--In order to increase capacity to reduce | 
              
                | 580 | class size, a district school board shall expend the funds | 
              
                | 581 | received pursuant to this section only to: | 
              
                | 582 | (a)  Construct, renovate, remodel, or repair educational | 
              
                | 583 | facilities that reduce class size and are in excess of funded | 
              
                | 584 | projects identified in the school district's 5-year work program | 
              
                | 585 | adopted prior to March 15, 2003; or | 
              
                | 586 | (b)  Purchase or lease-purchase relocatable facilities that | 
              
                | 587 | are in excess of relocatables identified in the school | 
              
                | 588 | district's 5-year work program adopted prior to March 15, 2003. | 
              
                | 589 | Section 6.  Effective upon this act becoming a law, section | 
              
                | 590 | 1013.736, Florida Statutes, is created to read: | 
              
                | 591 | 1013.736  District Effort Recognition Program.-- | 
              
                | 592 | (1)  RECOGNITION FUNDS.--From funds appropriated by the | 
              
                | 593 | Legislature, district effort recognition capital outlay grants | 
              
                | 594 | shall be made to eligible school districts in accordance with | 
              
                | 595 | the provisions of this section and the General Appropriations | 
              
                | 596 | Act. The funds appropriated in this section are not subject to | 
              
                | 597 | the provisions of s. 216.301. | 
              
                | 598 | (2)  ELIGIBILITY.--Annually, the Department of Education | 
              
                | 599 | shall determine each school district's compliance with the | 
              
                | 600 | provisions of s. 1003.03 and determine the school district's | 
              
                | 601 | eligibility to receive a district effort recognition grant for | 
              
                | 602 | local school facilities projects pursuant to this section. | 
              
                | 603 | School districts shall be eligible for a district effort | 
              
                | 604 | recognition grant based upon participation in any of the | 
              
                | 605 | following: | 
              
                | 606 | (a)  The school district levies a half-cent school capital | 
              
                | 607 | outlay sales surtax authorized in s. 212.055(6). | 
              
                | 608 | (b)  The school district participates in the levy of the | 
              
                | 609 | local government infrastructure sales surtax authorized in s. | 
              
                | 610 | 212.055(2). | 
              
                | 611 | (c)  The school district levies voted millage for capital | 
              
                | 612 | outlay purposes as authorized in s. 9, Art. VII of the State | 
              
                | 613 | Constitution. | 
              
                | 614 | (d)  The school district levies the full 2 mills of | 
              
                | 615 | nonvoted discretionary capital outlay millage authorized by s. | 
              
                | 616 | 1011.71(2). | 
              
                | 617 | (e)  The school district receives proceeds of school impact | 
              
                | 618 | fees greater than $500 per dwelling unit. | 
              
                | 619 | (3)  ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS.--The department | 
              
                | 620 | shall allocate the annual amount of funds provided among all | 
              
                | 621 | eligible school districts based upon the school district's plan | 
              
                | 622 | approved by the State Board of Education and documented | 
              
                | 623 | infrastructure need, which shall be limited solely to | 
              
                | 624 | construction, renovation, and remodeling expenditures and | 
              
                | 625 | purchase or lease-purchase of relocatables for class size | 
              
                | 626 | reduction. | 
              
                | 627 | Section 7.  Section 1013.737, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 628 | to read: | 
              
                | 629 | 1013.737  Class Size Reduction Lottery Revenue Bond | 
              
                | 630 | Program.--There is established the Class Size Reduction Lottery | 
              
                | 631 | Revenue Bond Program. | 
              
                | 632 | (1)  The issuance of revenue bonds is authorized to finance | 
              
                | 633 | or refinance the construction, acquisition, reconstruction, or | 
              
                | 634 | renovation of educational facilities. Such bonds shall be issued | 
              
                | 635 | pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of s. 11(d), | 
              
                | 636 | Art. VII of the State Constitution, the provisions of the State | 
              
                | 637 | Bond Act, ss. 215.57-215.83, as amended, and the provisions of | 
              
                | 638 | this section. | 
              
                | 639 | (2)  The bonds are payable from, and secured by a first | 
              
                | 640 | lien on, the first lottery revenues transferred to the | 
              
                | 641 | Educational Enhancement Trust Fund each fiscal year, as provided | 
              
                | 642 | by s. 24.121(2), and do not constitute a general obligation of, | 
              
                | 643 | or a pledge of the full faith and credit of, the state. | 
              
                | 644 | (3)  The state hereby covenants with the holders of such | 
              
                | 645 | revenue bonds that it will not take any action that will | 
              
                | 646 | materially and adversely affect the rights of such holders so | 
              
                | 647 | long as bonds authorized by this section are outstanding. The | 
              
                | 648 | state does hereby additionally authorize the establishment of a | 
              
                | 649 | covenant in connection with the bonds which provides that any | 
              
                | 650 | additional funds received by the state from new or enhanced | 
              
                | 651 | lottery programs or other similar activities will first be | 
              
                | 652 | available for payments relating to bonds pledging revenues | 
              
                | 653 | available pursuant to s. 24.121(2) prior to use for any other | 
              
                | 654 | purpose. | 
              
                | 655 | (4)  The bonds shall be issued by the Division of Bond | 
              
                | 656 | Finance of the State Board of Administration on behalf of the | 
              
                | 657 | Department of Education in such amount as shall be requested by | 
              
                | 658 | resolution of the State Board of Education. However, the total | 
              
                | 659 | principal amount of bonds, excluding refunding bonds, issued | 
              
                | 660 | pursuant to this section shall not exceed $600 million. | 
              
                | 661 | (5)  Proceeds available from the sale of the bonds shall be | 
              
                | 662 | deposited in the Lottery Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust | 
              
                | 663 | Fund within the Department of Education. | 
              
                | 664 | (6)  The facilities to be financed with the proceeds of | 
              
                | 665 | such bonds are designated as state fixed capital outlay projects | 
              
                | 666 | for purposes of s. 11(d), Art. VII of the State Constitution, | 
              
                | 667 | and the specific facilities to be financed shall be determined | 
              
                | 668 | in accordance with state law and appropriations from the | 
              
                | 669 | Educational Enhancement Trust Fund. Prior to the release of | 
              
                | 670 | funds, the State Board of Education must approve each school | 
              
                | 671 | district's expenditure plan, which plan must be based on | 
              
                | 672 | documented infrastructure need and be limited solely to | 
              
                | 673 | construction, renovation, and remodeling expenditures and | 
              
                | 674 | purchase or lease-purchase of relocatables for class size | 
              
                | 675 | reduction. Projects shall be funded from the Lottery Capital | 
              
                | 676 | Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund. Each educational facility to | 
              
                | 677 | be financed with the proceeds of the bonds issued pursuant to | 
              
                | 678 | this section is hereby approved as required by s. 11(f), Art. | 
              
                | 679 | VII of the State Constitution. | 
              
                | 680 | (7)  Any complaint for validation of such bonds is required | 
              
                | 681 | to be filed only in the circuit court of the county where the | 
              
                | 682 | seat of state government is situated. The notice required to be | 
              
                | 683 | published by s. 75.06 is required to be published only in the | 
              
                | 684 | county where the complaint is filed, and the complaint and order | 
              
                | 685 | of the circuit court need be served only on the state attorney | 
              
                | 686 | of the circuit in which the action is pending. | 
              
                | 687 | (8)  The Commissioner of Education shall provide for timely | 
              
                | 688 | encumbrances of funds for duly authorized projects. Encumbrances | 
              
                | 689 | may include proceeds to be received under a resolution approved | 
              
                | 690 | by the State Board of Education authorizing issuance of class | 
              
                | 691 | size reduction lottery bonds pursuant to s. 11(d), Art. VII of | 
              
                | 692 | the State Constitution, this section, and other applicable law. | 
              
                | 693 | Section 8.  Subsection (2) of section 24.121, Florida | 
              
                | 694 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 695 | 24.121  Allocation of revenues and expenditure of funds for | 
              
                | 696 | public education.-- | 
              
                | 697 | (2)  Each fiscal year, at least 38 percent of the gross | 
              
                | 698 | revenue from the sale of on-line lottery tickets, variable | 
              
                | 699 | percentages of the gross revenue from the sale of instant | 
              
                | 700 | lottery tickets as determined by the department consistent with | 
              
                | 701 | subsection (1), and other earned revenue, excluding application | 
              
                | 702 | processing fees, shall be deposited in the Educational | 
              
                | 703 | Enhancement Trust Fund, which is hereby created in the State | 
              
                | 704 | Treasury to be administered by the Department of Education. The | 
              
                | 705 | Department of the Lottery shall transfer moneys to the | 
              
                | 706 | Educational Enhancement Trust Fund at least once each quarter. | 
              
                | 707 | Funds in the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund shall be used to | 
              
                | 708 | the benefit of public education in accordance with the | 
              
                | 709 | provisions of this act. Notwithstanding any other provision of | 
              
                | 710 | law, a maximum of $180 million oflottery revenues transferred | 
              
                | 711 | to the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund in fiscal year 1997- | 
              
                | 712 | 1998 and for 30 years thereaftershall be reserved as needed and | 
              
                | 713 | used to meet the requirements of the documents authorizing the | 
              
                | 714 | bonds issued by the state pursuant to s. 1013.68, ors. 1013.70, | 
              
                | 715 | or s. 1013.737or distributed to school districts for the | 
              
                | 716 | Classrooms First Program as provided in s. 1013.68. Such lottery | 
              
                | 717 | revenues are hereby pledged to the payment of debt service on | 
              
                | 718 | bonds issued by the state pursuant to s. 1013.68, ors. 1013.70, | 
              
                | 719 | or s. 1013.737. Debt service payable on bonds issued by the | 
              
                | 720 | state pursuant to s. 1013.68, ors. 1013.70, or s. 1013.737 | 
              
                | 721 | shall be payable from, and are secured by a first lien on,the | 
              
                | 722 | first lottery revenues transferred to the Educational | 
              
                | 723 | Enhancement Trust Fund in each fiscal year. Amounts | 
              
                | 724 | distributable to school districts that request the issuance of | 
              
                | 725 | bonds pursuant to s. 1013.68(3) are hereby pledged to such bonds | 
              
                | 726 | pursuant to s. 11(d), Art. VII of the State Constitution. The  | 
              
                | 727 | amounts distributed through the Classrooms First Program shall  | 
              
                | 728 | equal $145 million in each fiscal year. These funds are intended  | 
              
                | 729 | to provide up to $2.5 billion for public school facilities.
 | 
              
                | 730 | Section 9.  Effective upon this act becoming a law, | 
              
                | 731 | subsection (13) of section 121.091, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 732 | to read: | 
              
                | 733 | 121.091  Benefits payable under the system.-- Benefits may | 
              
                | 734 | not be paid under this section unless the member has terminated | 
              
                | 735 | employment as provided in s. 121.021(39)(a) or begun | 
              
                | 736 | participation in the Deferred Retirement Option Program as | 
              
                | 737 | provided in subsection (13), and a proper application has been | 
              
                | 738 | filed in the manner prescribed by the department. The department | 
              
                | 739 | may cancel an application for retirement benefits when the | 
              
                | 740 | member or beneficiary fails to timely provide the information | 
              
                | 741 | and documents required by this chapter and the department's | 
              
                | 742 | rules. The department shall adopt rules establishing procedures | 
              
                | 743 | for application for retirement benefits and for the cancellation | 
              
                | 744 | of such application when the required information or documents | 
              
                | 745 | are not received. | 
              
                | 746 | (13)  DEFERRED RETIREMENT OPTION PROGRAM.—In general, and | 
              
                | 747 | subject to the provisions of this section, the Deferred | 
              
                | 748 | Retirement Option Program, hereinafter referred to as the DROP, | 
              
                | 749 | is a program under which an eligible member of the Florida | 
              
                | 750 | Retirement System may elect to participate, deferring receipt of | 
              
                | 751 | retirement benefits while continuing employment with his or her | 
              
                | 752 | Florida Retirement System employer. The deferred monthly | 
              
                | 753 | benefits shall accrue in the System Trust Fund on behalf of the | 
              
                | 754 | participant, plus interest compounded monthly, for the specified | 
              
                | 755 | period of the DROP participation, as provided in paragraph (c). | 
              
                | 756 | Upon termination of employment, the participant shall receive | 
              
                | 757 | the total DROP benefits and begin to receive the previously | 
              
                | 758 | determined normal retirement benefits. Participation in the DROP | 
              
                | 759 | does not guarantee employment for the specified period of DROP. | 
              
                | 760 | Participation in the DROP by an eligible member beyond the | 
              
                | 761 | initial 60-month period as authorized in this subsection shall | 
              
                | 762 | be on an annual contractual basis for all participants. | 
              
                | 763 | (a)  Eligibility of member to participate in the DROP.--All | 
              
                | 764 | active Florida Retirement System members in a regularly | 
              
                | 765 | established position, and all active members of either the | 
              
                | 766 | Teachers' Retirement System established in chapter 238 or the | 
              
                | 767 | State and County Officers' and Employees' Retirement System | 
              
                | 768 | established in chapter 122 which systems are consolidated within | 
              
                | 769 | the Florida Retirement System under s. 121.011, are eligible to | 
              
                | 770 | elect participation in the DROP provided that: | 
              
                | 771 | 1.  The member is not a renewed member of the Florida | 
              
                | 772 | Retirement System under s. 121.122, or a member of the State | 
              
                | 773 | Community College System Optional Retirement Program under s. | 
              
                | 774 | 121.051, the Senior Management Service Optional Annuity Program | 
              
                | 775 | under s. 121.055, or the optional retirement program for the | 
              
                | 776 | State University System under s. 121.35. | 
              
                | 777 | 2.  Except as provided in subparagraph 6., election to | 
              
                | 778 | participate is made within 12 months immediately following the | 
              
                | 779 | date on which the member first reaches normal retirement date, | 
              
                | 780 | or, for a member who reaches normal retirement date based on | 
              
                | 781 | service before he or she reaches age 62, or age 55 for Special | 
              
                | 782 | Risk Class members, election to participate may be deferred to | 
              
                | 783 | the 12 months immediately following the date the member attains | 
              
                | 784 | 57, or age 52 for Special Risk Class members. For a member who | 
              
                | 785 | first reached normal retirement date or the deferred eligibility | 
              
                | 786 | date described above prior to the effective date of this | 
              
                | 787 | section, election to participate shall be made within 12 months | 
              
                | 788 | after the effective date of this section. A member who fails to | 
              
                | 789 | make an election within such 12-month limitation period shall | 
              
                | 790 | forfeit all rights to participate in the DROP. The member shall | 
              
                | 791 | advise his or her employer and the division in writing of the | 
              
                | 792 | date on which the DROP shall begin. Such beginning date may be | 
              
                | 793 | subsequent to the 12-month election period, but must be within | 
              
                | 794 | the 60-month or, with respect to members who are instructional | 
              
                | 795 | or administrative personnel employed by a community college in | 
              
                | 796 | areas of critical need identified by the district board of | 
              
                | 797 | trustees and who have received authorization by the district | 
              
                | 798 | board of trustees to participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, | 
              
                | 799 | or who are instructional or administrative personnel employed by | 
              
                | 800 | the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind and who have | 
              
                | 801 | received authorization by the Board of Trustees of the Florida | 
              
                | 802 | School for the Deaf and the Blind to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 803 | beyond 60 months, or who are instructional personnel as defined | 
              
                | 804 | in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in grades K-12 or administrative | 
              
                | 805 | personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who | 
              
                | 806 | have received authorization by the district school | 
              
                | 807 | superintendent to participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, the | 
              
                | 808 | 96-monthlimitation period as provided in subparagraph (b)1. | 
              
                | 809 | When establishing eligibility of the member to participate in | 
              
                | 810 | the DROP for the 60-month or, with respect to members who are | 
              
                | 811 | instructional or administrative personnel employed by a | 
              
                | 812 | community college in areas of critical need identified by the | 
              
                | 813 | district board of trustees and who have received authorization | 
              
                | 814 | by the district board of trustees to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 815 | beyond 60 months, or who are instructional or administrative | 
              
                | 816 | personnel employed by the Florida School for the Deaf and the | 
              
                | 817 | Blind and who have received authorization by the Board of | 
              
                | 818 | Trustees of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind to | 
              
                | 819 | participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, or who are | 
              
                | 820 | instructional personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in | 
              
                | 821 | grades K-12 or administrative personnel as defined in s. | 
              
                | 822 | 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who have received authorization by | 
              
                | 823 | the district school superintendent to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 824 | beyond 60 months, the 96-monthmaximum participation period, the | 
              
                | 825 | member may elect to include or exclude any optional service | 
              
                | 826 | credit purchased by the member from the total service used to | 
              
                | 827 | establish the normal retirement date. A member with dual normal | 
              
                | 828 | retirement dates shall be eligible to elect to participate in | 
              
                | 829 | DROP within 12 months after attaining normal retirement date in | 
              
                | 830 | either class. | 
              
                | 831 | 3.  The employer of a member electing to participate in the | 
              
                | 832 | DROP, or employers if dually employed, shall acknowledge in | 
              
                | 833 | writing to the division the date the member's participation in | 
              
                | 834 | the DROP begins and the date the member's employment and DROP | 
              
                | 835 | participation will terminate. | 
              
                | 836 | 4.  Simultaneous employment of a participant by additional | 
              
                | 837 | Florida Retirement System employers subsequent to the | 
              
                | 838 | commencement of participation in the DROP shall be permissible | 
              
                | 839 | provided such employers acknowledge in writing a DROP | 
              
                | 840 | termination date no later than the participant's existing | 
              
                | 841 | termination date or the 60-month limitation period as provided | 
              
                | 842 | in subparagraph (b)1. | 
              
                | 843 | 5.  A DROP participant may change employers while | 
              
                | 844 | participating in the DROP, subject to the following: | 
              
                | 845 | a.  A change of employment must take place without a break | 
              
                | 846 | in service so that the member receives salary for each month of | 
              
                | 847 | continuous DROP participation. If a member receives no salary | 
              
                | 848 | during a month, DROP participation shall cease unless the | 
              
                | 849 | employer verifies a continuation of the employment relationship | 
              
                | 850 | for such participant pursuant to s. 121.021(39)(b). | 
              
                | 851 | b.  Such participant and new employer shall notify the | 
              
                | 852 | division on forms required by the division as to the identity of | 
              
                | 853 | the new employer. | 
              
                | 854 | c.  The new employer shall acknowledge, in writing, the | 
              
                | 855 | participant's DROP termination date, which may be extended but | 
              
                | 856 | not beyond the original 60-month or, with respect to members who | 
              
                | 857 | are instructional or administrative personnel employed by a | 
              
                | 858 | community college in areas of critical need identified by the | 
              
                | 859 | district board of trustees and who have received authorization | 
              
                | 860 | by the district board of trustees to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 861 | beyond 60 months, or who are instructional or administrative | 
              
                | 862 | personnel employed by the Florida School for the Deaf and the | 
              
                | 863 | Blind and who have received authorization by the Board of | 
              
                | 864 | Trustees of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind to | 
              
                | 865 | participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, or who are | 
              
                | 866 | instructional personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in | 
              
                | 867 | grades K-12 or administrative personnel as defined in s. | 
              
                | 868 | 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who have received authorization by | 
              
                | 869 | the district school superintendent to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 870 | beyond 60 months, the 96-monthperiod provided in subparagraph | 
              
                | 871 | (b)1., shall acknowledge liability for any additional retirement | 
              
                | 872 | contributions and interest required if the participant fails to | 
              
                | 873 | timely terminate employment, and shall be subject to the | 
              
                | 874 | adjustment required in sub-subparagraph (c)5.d. | 
              
                | 875 | 6.  Effective July 1, 2001, for instructional personnel as | 
              
                | 876 | defined in s. 1012.01(2), election to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 877 | shall be made at any time following the date on which the member | 
              
                | 878 | first reaches normal retirement date. The member shall advise | 
              
                | 879 | his or her employer and the division in writing of the date on | 
              
                | 880 | which the Deferred Retirement Option Program shall begin. When | 
              
                | 881 | establishing eligibility of the member to participate in the | 
              
                | 882 | DROP for the 60-month or, with respect to members who are | 
              
                | 883 | instructional or administrative personnel employed by a | 
              
                | 884 | community college in areas of critical need identified by the | 
              
                | 885 | district board of trustees and who have received authorization | 
              
                | 886 | by the district board of trustees to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 887 | beyond 60 months, or who are instructional or administrative | 
              
                | 888 | personnel employed by the Florida School for the Deaf and the | 
              
                | 889 | Blind and who have received authorization by the Board of | 
              
                | 890 | Trustees of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind to | 
              
                | 891 | participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, or who are | 
              
                | 892 | instructional personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in | 
              
                | 893 | grades K-12 or administrative personnel as defined in s. | 
              
                | 894 | 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who have received authorization by | 
              
                | 895 | the district school superintendent to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 896 | beyond 60 months, the 96-monthmaximum participation period, as | 
              
                | 897 | provided in subparagraph (b)1., the member may elect to include | 
              
                | 898 | or exclude any optional service credit purchased by the member | 
              
                | 899 | from the total service used to establish the normal retirement | 
              
                | 900 | date. A member with dual normal retirement dates shall be | 
              
                | 901 | eligible to elect to participate in either class. | 
              
                | 902 | (b)  Participation in the DROP.— | 
              
                | 903 | 1.  An eligible member may elect to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 904 | for a period not to exceed a maximum of 60 calendar months or, | 
              
                | 905 | with respect to members who are instructional or administrative | 
              
                | 906 | personnel employed by a community college in areas of critical | 
              
                | 907 | need identified by the district board of trustees and who have | 
              
                | 908 | received authorization by the district board of trustees to | 
              
                | 909 | participate in the DROP beyond the initial 60 calendar months on | 
              
                | 910 | an annual contractual basis, or who are instructional or | 
              
                | 911 | administrative personnel employed by the Florida School for the | 
              
                | 912 | Deaf and the Blind and who have received authorization by the | 
              
                | 913 | Board of Trustees of the Florida School for the Deaf and the | 
              
                | 914 | Blind to participate in the DROP beyond the initial 60 calendar | 
              
                | 915 | months on an annual contractual basis, or who are instructional | 
              
                | 916 | personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in grades K-12 or | 
              
                | 917 | administrative personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(3) in grades | 
              
                | 918 | K-12 and who have received authorization by the district school | 
              
                | 919 | superintendent to participate in the DROP beyond the initial 60 | 
              
                | 920 | calendar months on an annual contractual basis, a maximum of 96 | 
              
                | 921 | calendar monthsimmediately following the date on which the | 
              
                | 922 | member first reaches his or her normal retirement date or the | 
              
                | 923 | date to which he or she is eligible to defer his or her election | 
              
                | 924 | to participate as provided in subparagraph (a)2. However, a | 
              
                | 925 | member who has reached normal retirement date prior to the | 
              
                | 926 | effective date of the DROP shall be eligible to participate in | 
              
                | 927 | the DROP for a period of time not to exceed 60 calendar months | 
              
                | 928 | or, with respect to members who are instructional or | 
              
                | 929 | administrative personnel employed by a community college in | 
              
                | 930 | areas of critical need identified by the district board of | 
              
                | 931 | trustees and who have received authorization by the district | 
              
                | 932 | board of trustees to participate in the DROP beyond the initial | 
              
                | 933 | 60 calendar months on an annual contractual basis, or who are | 
              
                | 934 | instructional or administrative personnel employed by the | 
              
                | 935 | Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind and who have received | 
              
                | 936 | authorization by the Board of Trustees of the Florida School for | 
              
                | 937 | the Deaf and the Blind to participate in the DROP beyond the | 
              
                | 938 | initial 60 calendar months on an annual contractual basis, or | 
              
                | 939 | who are instructional personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)- | 
              
                | 940 | (d) in grades K-12 or administrative personnel as defined in s. | 
              
                | 941 | 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who have received authorization by | 
              
                | 942 | the district school superintendent to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 943 | beyond the initial 60 calendar months on an annual contractual | 
              
                | 944 | basis, a maximum of 96 calendar monthsimmediately following the | 
              
                | 945 | effective date of the DROP, except a member of the Special Risk | 
              
                | 946 | Class who has reached normal retirement date prior to the | 
              
                | 947 | effective date of the DROP and whose total accrued value exceeds | 
              
                | 948 | 75 percent of average final compensation as of his or her | 
              
                | 949 | effective date of retirement shall be eligible to participate in | 
              
                | 950 | the DROP for no more than 36 calendar months immediately | 
              
                | 951 | following the effective date of the DROP. | 
              
                | 952 | 2.  Upon deciding to participate in the DROP, the member | 
              
                | 953 | shall submit, on forms required by the division: | 
              
                | 954 | a.  A written election to participate in the DROP; | 
              
                | 955 | b.  Selection of the DROP participation and termination | 
              
                | 956 | dates, which satisfy the limitations stated in paragraph (a) and | 
              
                | 957 | subparagraph 1. Such termination date shall be in a binding | 
              
                | 958 | letter of resignation with the employer, establishing a deferred | 
              
                | 959 | termination date. The member may change the termination date | 
              
                | 960 | within the limitations of subparagraph 1., but only with the | 
              
                | 961 | written approval of his or her employer; | 
              
                | 962 | c.  A properly completed DROP application for service | 
              
                | 963 | retirement as provided in this section; and | 
              
                | 964 | d.  Any other information required by the division. | 
              
                | 965 | 3.  The DROP participant shall be a retiree under the | 
              
                | 966 | Florida Retirement System for all purposes, except for paragraph | 
              
                | 967 | (5)(f) and subsection (9) and ss. 112.3173, 112.363, 121.053, | 
              
                | 968 | and 121.122. However, participation in the DROP does not alter | 
              
                | 969 | the participant's employment status and such employee shall not | 
              
                | 970 | be deemed retired from employment until his or her deferred | 
              
                | 971 | resignation is effective and termination occurs as provided in | 
              
                | 972 | s. 121.021(39). | 
              
                | 973 | 4.  Elected officers shall be eligible to participate in | 
              
                | 974 | the DROP subject to the following: | 
              
                | 975 | a.  An elected officer who reaches normal retirement date | 
              
                | 976 | during a term of office may defer the election to participate in | 
              
                | 977 | the DROP until the next succeeding term in that office. Such | 
              
                | 978 | elected officer who exercises this option may participate in the | 
              
                | 979 | DROP for up to 60 calendar months or a period of no longer than | 
              
                | 980 | such succeeding term of office, whichever is less. | 
              
                | 981 | b.  An elected or a nonelected participant may run for a | 
              
                | 982 | term of office while participating in DROP and, if elected, | 
              
                | 983 | extend the DROP termination date accordingly, except, however, | 
              
                | 984 | if such additional term of office exceeds the 60-month | 
              
                | 985 | limitation established in subparagraph 1., and the officer does | 
              
                | 986 | not resign from office within such 60-month limitation, the | 
              
                | 987 | retirement and the participant's DROP shall be null and void as | 
              
                | 988 | provided in sub-subparagraph (c)5.d. | 
              
                | 989 | c.  An elected officer who is dually employed and elects to | 
              
                | 990 | participate in DROP shall be required to satisfy the definition | 
              
                | 991 | of termination within the 60-month or, with respect to members | 
              
                | 992 | who are instructional or administrative personnel employed by a | 
              
                | 993 | community college in areas of critical need identified by the | 
              
                | 994 | district board of trustees and who have received authorization | 
              
                | 995 | by the district board of trustees to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 996 | beyond 60 months, or who are instructional or administrative | 
              
                | 997 | personnel employed by the Florida School for the Deaf and the | 
              
                | 998 | Blind and who have received authorization by the Board of | 
              
                | 999 | Trustees of the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind to | 
              
                | 1000 | participate in the DROP beyond 60 months, or who are | 
              
                | 1001 | instructional personnel as defined in s. 1012.01(2)(a)-(d) in | 
              
                | 1002 | grades K-12 or administrative personnel as defined in s. | 
              
                | 1003 | 1012.01(3) in grades K-12 and who have received authorization by | 
              
                | 1004 | the district school superintendent to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 1005 | beyond 60 months, the 96-monthlimitation period as provided in | 
              
                | 1006 | subparagraph 1. for the nonelected position and may continue | 
              
                | 1007 | employment as an elected officer as provided in s. 121.053. The | 
              
                | 1008 | elected officer will be enrolled as a renewed member in the | 
              
                | 1009 | Elected Officers' Class or the Regular Class, as provided in ss. | 
              
                | 1010 | 121.053 and 121.22, on the first day of the month after | 
              
                | 1011 | termination of employment in the nonelected position and | 
              
                | 1012 | termination of DROP. Distribution of the DROP benefits shall be | 
              
                | 1013 | made as provided in paragraph (c). | 
              
                | 1014 | (c)  Benefits payable under the DROP.-- | 
              
                | 1015 | 1.  Effective with the date of DROP participation, the | 
              
                | 1016 | member's initial normal monthly benefit, including creditable | 
              
                | 1017 | service, optional form of payment, and average final | 
              
                | 1018 | compensation, and the effective date of retirement shall be | 
              
                | 1019 | fixed. The beneficiary established under the Florida Retirement | 
              
                | 1020 | System shall be the beneficiary eligible to receive any DROP | 
              
                | 1021 | benefits payable if the DROP participant dies prior to the | 
              
                | 1022 | completion of the period of DROP participation. In the event a | 
              
                | 1023 | joint annuitant predeceases the member, the member may name a | 
              
                | 1024 | beneficiary to receive accumulated DROP benefits payable. Such | 
              
                | 1025 | retirement benefit, the annual cost of living adjustments | 
              
                | 1026 | provided in s. 121.101, and interest shall accrue monthly in the | 
              
                | 1027 | System Trust Fund. Such interest shall accrue at an effective | 
              
                | 1028 | annual rate of 6.5 percent compounded monthly, on the prior | 
              
                | 1029 | month's accumulated ending balance, up to the month of | 
              
                | 1030 | termination or death. | 
              
                | 1031 | 2.  Each employee who elects to participate in the DROP | 
              
                | 1032 | shall be allowed to elect to receive a lump-sum payment for | 
              
                | 1033 | accrued annual leave earned in accordance with agency policy | 
              
                | 1034 | upon beginning participation in the DROP. Such accumulated leave | 
              
                | 1035 | payment certified to the division upon commencement of DROP | 
              
                | 1036 | shall be included in the calculation of the member's average | 
              
                | 1037 | final compensation. The employee electing such lump-sum payment | 
              
                | 1038 | upon beginning participation in DROP will not be eligible to | 
              
                | 1039 | receive a second lump-sum payment upon termination, except to | 
              
                | 1040 | the extent the employee has earned additional annual leave which | 
              
                | 1041 | combined with the original payment does not exceed the maximum | 
              
                | 1042 | lump-sum payment allowed by the employing agency's policy or | 
              
                | 1043 | rules. Such early lump-sum payment shall be based on the hourly | 
              
                | 1044 | wage of the employee at the time he or she begins participation | 
              
                | 1045 | in the DROP. If the member elects to wait and receive such lump- | 
              
                | 1046 | sum payment upon termination of DROP and termination of | 
              
                | 1047 | employment with the employer, any accumulated leave payment made | 
              
                | 1048 | at that time cannot be included in the member's retirement | 
              
                | 1049 | benefit, which was determined and fixed by law when the employee | 
              
                | 1050 | elected to participate in the DROP. | 
              
                | 1051 | 3.  The effective date of DROP participation and the | 
              
                | 1052 | effective date of retirement of a DROP participant shall be the | 
              
                | 1053 | first day of the month selected by the member to begin | 
              
                | 1054 | participation in the DROP, provided such date is properly | 
              
                | 1055 | established, with the written confirmation of the employer, and | 
              
                | 1056 | the approval of the division, on forms required by the division. | 
              
                | 1057 | 4.  Normal retirement benefits and interest thereon shall | 
              
                | 1058 | continue to accrue in the DROP until the established termination | 
              
                | 1059 | date of the DROP, or until the participant terminates employment | 
              
                | 1060 | or dies prior to such date. Although individual DROP accounts | 
              
                | 1061 | shall not be established, a separate accounting of each | 
              
                | 1062 | participant's accrued benefits under the DROP shall be | 
              
                | 1063 | calculated and provided to participants. | 
              
                | 1064 | 5.  At the conclusion of the participant's DROP, the | 
              
                | 1065 | division shall distribute the participant's total accumulated | 
              
                | 1066 | DROP benefits, subject to the following provisions: | 
              
                | 1067 | a.  The division shall receive verification by the | 
              
                | 1068 | participant's employer or employers that such participant has | 
              
                | 1069 | terminated employment as provided in s. 121.021(39)(b). | 
              
                | 1070 | b.  The terminated DROP participant or, if deceased, such | 
              
                | 1071 | participant's named beneficiary, shall elect on forms provided | 
              
                | 1072 | by the division to receive payment of the DROP benefits in | 
              
                | 1073 | accordance with one of the options listed below. For a | 
              
                | 1074 | participant or beneficiary who fails to elect a method of | 
              
                | 1075 | payment within 60 days of termination of the DROP, the division | 
              
                | 1076 | will pay a lump sum as provided in sub-sub-subparagraph (I). | 
              
                | 1077 | (I)  Lump sum.--All accrued DROP benefits, plus interest, | 
              
                | 1078 | less withholding taxes remitted to the Internal Revenue Service, | 
              
                | 1079 | shall be paid to the DROP participant or surviving beneficiary. | 
              
                | 1080 | (II)  Direct rollover.--All accrued DROP benefits, plus | 
              
                | 1081 | interest, shall be paid from the DROP directly to the custodian | 
              
                | 1082 | of an eligible retirement plan as defined in s. 402(c)(8)(B) of | 
              
                | 1083 | the Internal Revenue Code. However, in the case of an eligible | 
              
                | 1084 | rollover distribution to the surviving spouse of a deceased | 
              
                | 1085 | participant, an eligible retirement plan is an individual | 
              
                | 1086 | retirement account or an individual retirement annuity as | 
              
                | 1087 | described in s. 402(c)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code. | 
              
                | 1088 | (III)  Partial lump sum.--A portion of the accrued DROP | 
              
                | 1089 | benefits shall be paid to the DROP participant or surviving | 
              
                | 1090 | spouse, less withholding taxes remitted to the Internal Revenue | 
              
                | 1091 | Service, and the remaining DROP benefits shall be transferred | 
              
                | 1092 | directly to the custodian of an eligible retirement plan as | 
              
                | 1093 | defined in s. 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. | 
              
                | 1094 | However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the | 
              
                | 1095 | surviving spouse of a deceased participant, an eligible | 
              
                | 1096 | retirement plan is an individual retirement account or an | 
              
                | 1097 | individual retirement annuity as described in s. 402(c)(9) of | 
              
                | 1098 | the Internal Revenue Code. The proportions shall be specified by | 
              
                | 1099 | the DROP participant or surviving beneficiary. | 
              
                | 1100 | c.  The form of payment selected by the DROP participant or | 
              
                | 1101 | surviving beneficiary complies with the minimum distribution | 
              
                | 1102 | requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. | 
              
                | 1103 | d.  A DROP participant who fails to terminate employment as | 
              
                | 1104 | defined in s. 121.021(39)(b) shall be deemed not to be retired, | 
              
                | 1105 | and the DROP election shall be null and void. Florida Retirement | 
              
                | 1106 | System membership shall be reestablished retroactively to the | 
              
                | 1107 | date of the commencement of the DROP, and each employer with | 
              
                | 1108 | whom the participant continues employment shall be required to | 
              
                | 1109 | pay to the System Trust Fund the difference between the DROP | 
              
                | 1110 | contributions paid in paragraph (i) and the contributions | 
              
                | 1111 | required for the applicable Florida Retirement System class of | 
              
                | 1112 | membership during the period the member participated in the | 
              
                | 1113 | DROP, plus 6.5 percent interest compounded annually. | 
              
                | 1114 | 6.  The accrued benefits of any DROP participant, and any | 
              
                | 1115 | contributions accumulated under such program, shall not be | 
              
                | 1116 | subject to assignment, execution, attachment, or to any legal | 
              
                | 1117 | process whatsoever, except for qualified domestic relations | 
              
                | 1118 | orders by a court of competent jurisdiction, income deduction | 
              
                | 1119 | orders as provided in s. 61.1301, and federal income tax levies. | 
              
                | 1120 | 7.  DROP participants shall not be eligible for disability | 
              
                | 1121 | retirement benefits as provided in subsection (4). | 
              
                | 1122 | (d)  Death benefits under the DROP.-- | 
              
                | 1123 | 1.  Upon the death of a DROP participant, the named | 
              
                | 1124 | beneficiary shall be entitled to apply for and receive the | 
              
                | 1125 | accrued benefits in the DROP as provided in sub-subparagraph | 
              
                | 1126 | (c)5.b. | 
              
                | 1127 | 2.  The normal retirement benefit accrued to the DROP | 
              
                | 1128 | during the month of a participant's death shall be the final | 
              
                | 1129 | monthly benefit credited for such DROP participant. | 
              
                | 1130 | 3.  Eligibility to participate in the DROP terminates upon | 
              
                | 1131 | death of the participant. If the participant dies on or after | 
              
                | 1132 | the effective date of enrollment in the DROP, but prior to the | 
              
                | 1133 | first monthly benefit being credited to the DROP, Florida | 
              
                | 1134 | Retirement System benefits shall be paid in accordance with | 
              
                | 1135 | subparagraph (7)(c)1. or subparagraph 2. | 
              
                | 1136 | 4.  A DROP participants' survivors shall not be eligible to | 
              
                | 1137 | receive Florida Retirement System death benefits as provided in | 
              
                | 1138 | paragraph (7)(d). | 
              
                | 1139 | (e)  Cost-of-living adjustment.--On each July 1, the | 
              
                | 1140 | participants' normal retirement benefit shall be increased as | 
              
                | 1141 | provided in s. 121.101. | 
              
                | 1142 | (f)  Retiree health insurance subsidy.--DROP participants | 
              
                | 1143 | are not eligible to apply for the retiree health insurance | 
              
                | 1144 | subsidy payments as provided in s. 112.363 until such | 
              
                | 1145 | participants have terminated employment and participation in the | 
              
                | 1146 | DROP. | 
              
                | 1147 | (g)  Renewed membership.--DROP participants shall not be | 
              
                | 1148 | eligible for renewed membership in the Florida Retirement System | 
              
                | 1149 | under ss. 121.053 and 121.122 until termination of employment is | 
              
                | 1150 | effectuated as provided in s. 121.021(39)(b). | 
              
                | 1151 | (h)  Employment limitation after DROP participation.--Upon | 
              
                | 1152 | satisfying the definition of termination of employment as | 
              
                | 1153 | provided in s. 121.021(39)(b), DROP participants shall be | 
              
                | 1154 | subject to such reemployment limitations as other retirees. | 
              
                | 1155 | Reemployment restrictions applicable to retirees as provided in | 
              
                | 1156 | subsection (9) shall not apply to DROP participants until their | 
              
                | 1157 | employment and participation in the DROP are terminated. | 
              
                | 1158 | (i)  Contributions.-- | 
              
                | 1159 | 1.  All employers paying the salary of a DROP participant | 
              
                | 1160 | filling a regularly established position shall contribute 8.0 | 
              
                | 1161 | percent of such participant's gross compensation for the period | 
              
                | 1162 | of July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, and 11.56 percent of | 
              
                | 1163 | such compensation thereafter, which shall constitute the entire | 
              
                | 1164 | employer DROP contribution with respect to such participant. | 
              
                | 1165 | Such contributions, payable to the System Trust Fund in the same | 
              
                | 1166 | manner as required in s. 121.071, shall be made as appropriate | 
              
                | 1167 | for each pay period and are in addition to contributions | 
              
                | 1168 | required for social security and the Retiree Health Insurance | 
              
                | 1169 | Subsidy Trust Fund. Such employer, social security, and health | 
              
                | 1170 | insurance subsidy contributions are not included in the DROP. | 
              
                | 1171 | 2.  The employer shall, in addition to subparagraph 1., | 
              
                | 1172 | also withhold one-half of the entire social security | 
              
                | 1173 | contribution required for the participant. Contributions for | 
              
                | 1174 | social security by each participant and each employer, in the | 
              
                | 1175 | amount required for social security coverage as now or hereafter | 
              
                | 1176 | provided by the federal Social Security Act, shall be in | 
              
                | 1177 | addition to contributions specified in subparagraph 1. | 
              
                | 1178 | 3.  All employers paying the salary of a DROP participant | 
              
                | 1179 | filling a regularly established position shall contribute the | 
              
                | 1180 | percent of such participant's gross compensation required in s. | 
              
                | 1181 | 121.071(4), which shall constitute the employer's health | 
              
                | 1182 | insurance subsidy contribution with respect to such participant. | 
              
                | 1183 | Such contributions shall be deposited by the administrator in | 
              
                | 1184 | the Retiree Health Insurance Subsidy Trust Fund. | 
              
                | 1185 | (j)  Forfeiture of retirement benefits.--Nothing in this | 
              
                | 1186 | section shall be construed to remove DROP participants from the | 
              
                | 1187 | scope of s. 8(d), Art. II of the State Constitution, s. | 
              
                | 1188 | 112.3173, and paragraph (5)(f). DROP participants who commit a | 
              
                | 1189 | specified felony offense while employed will be subject to | 
              
                | 1190 | forfeiture of all retirement benefits, including DROP benefits, | 
              
                | 1191 | pursuant to those provisions of law. | 
              
                | 1192 | (k)  Administration of program.--The division shall make | 
              
                | 1193 | such rules as are necessary for the effective and efficient | 
              
                | 1194 | administration of this subsection. The division shall not be | 
              
                | 1195 | required to advise members of the federal tax consequences of an | 
              
                | 1196 | election related to the DROP but may advise members to seek | 
              
                | 1197 | independent advice. | 
              
                | 1198 | Section 10.  Subsection (20) of section 1001.42, Florida | 
              
                | 1199 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 1200 | 1001.42  Powers and duties of district school board.--The | 
              
                | 1201 | district school board, acting as a board, shall exercise all | 
              
                | 1202 | powers and perform all duties listed below: | 
              
                | 1203 | (20)  SCHOOL-WITHIN-A-SCHOOL.--In order to reduce the | 
              
                | 1204 | anonymity of students in large schools, adopt policies to | 
              
                | 1205 | encourage any large school that does not meet the definition of  | 
              
                | 1206 | a small school, as established by s. 1013.43(2),to subdivide | 
              
                | 1207 | into schools-within-a-school that shall operate within existing | 
              
                | 1208 | resources in accordance with the provisions of chapter 1003. | 
              
                | 1209 | Section 11.  Section 1002.395, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 1210 | to read: | 
              
                | 1211 | 1002.395  Florida Learning Access Grants.-- | 
              
                | 1212 | (1)  POPULAR NAME.--This section shall be known by the | 
              
                | 1213 | popular name the “Florida Learning Access Grants Program." | 
              
                | 1214 | (2)  DISTRICT PARTICIPATION.--District school boards may | 
              
                | 1215 | choose to implement the Florida Learning Access Grants program | 
              
                | 1216 | as a strategy to reduce class size in their local school | 
              
                | 1217 | districts pursuant to s. 1003.03(4). District school boards may | 
              
                | 1218 | be required to participate in this program to reduce class size | 
              
                | 1219 | if the Commissioner of Education so determines pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 1220 | 1003.03(5)(b). | 
              
                | 1221 | (3)  PARENTAL CHOICE.--The parent of any K-12 student in a | 
              
                | 1222 | school district participating in the program pursuant to | 
              
                | 1223 | subsection (2) who is enrolled and in attendance during the | 
              
                | 1224 | October and February FTE enrollment counts in a Florida public | 
              
                | 1225 | school may, for the following school year: | 
              
                | 1226 | (a)  Opt to have the student remain in the school in which | 
              
                | 1227 | the student is enrolled; or | 
              
                | 1228 | (b)  Opt to request, on an annual basis, a Florida Learning | 
              
                | 1229 | Access Grant to assist the parent in paying for the student’s | 
              
                | 1230 | attendance at an eligible private school of the parent’s choice. | 
              
                | 1231 | The grant shall be in the amount of $3,500 in 2003 dollars, | 
              
                | 1232 | adjusted annually thereafter to reflect increases or decreases | 
              
                | 1233 | in the Consumer Price Index, or the tuition charged by the | 
              
                | 1234 | private school, whichever is less. The parent choosing a Florida | 
              
                | 1235 | Learning Access Grant shall be responsible for the child's | 
              
                | 1236 | transportation. | 
              
                | 1237 | (4)  PARTICIPATING SCHOOL DISTRICT OBLIGATIONS.--Each | 
              
                | 1238 | school district participating in this program shall annually by | 
              
                | 1239 | February 22, for each K-12 student eligible under subsection | 
              
                | 1240 | (3), notify the parent that the school district has chosen to | 
              
                | 1241 | offer Florida Learning Access Grants and provide the parent with | 
              
                | 1242 | the parental choice options for the following school year as | 
              
                | 1243 | provided in subsection (3). | 
              
                | 1244 | (5)  PARENT OBLIGATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1245 | (a)  The parent shall notify the school district as to | 
              
                | 1246 | which of the options provided in subsection (3) the parent | 
              
                | 1247 | wishes to choose. | 
              
                | 1248 | 1.  Failure of the parent to provide notification shall | 
              
                | 1249 | constitute the choice of the option provided by paragraph | 
              
                | 1250 | (3)(a). | 
              
                | 1251 | 2.  If the parent chooses the option provided by paragraph | 
              
                | 1252 | (3)(b), the parent must: | 
              
                | 1253 | a.  Obtain acceptance for admission of the student to a | 
              
                | 1254 | private school eligible under subsection (6) as soon as possible | 
              
                | 1255 | and inform the private school that the student will be using a | 
              
                | 1256 | Florida Learning Access Grant. | 
              
                | 1257 | b.  Notify the Department of Education of the parent’s | 
              
                | 1258 | request for a Florida Learning Access Grant and the name and | 
              
                | 1259 | address of the selected private school. | 
              
                | 1260 | c.  Agree to provide transportation for the student to the | 
              
                | 1261 | private school if necessary. | 
              
                | 1262 | d.  Agree to pay any costs associated with the student’s | 
              
                | 1263 | attendance at the private school that exceed the annual amount | 
              
                | 1264 | of the Florida Learning Access Grant. | 
              
                | 1265 | e.  Agree that the education provided by the private school | 
              
                | 1266 | selected shall satisfy the student’s full need for educational | 
              
                | 1267 | services from the student’s school. | 
              
                | 1268 | f.  Ensure that the student takes a nationally normed | 
              
                | 1269 | examination as determined by the private school for each grade 3 | 
              
                | 1270 | through 10. The results of the examination shall be provided to | 
              
                | 1271 | the parent. | 
              
                | 1272 | (b)  After the first year of the student’s attendance at a | 
              
                | 1273 | private school under the Florida Learning Access Grants program, | 
              
                | 1274 | the parent must annually notify the Department of Education if | 
              
                | 1275 | the parent intends to renew the grant according to the | 
              
                | 1276 | provisions of subsection (8) in order for the student to | 
              
                | 1277 | continue in the program, together with the name and address of | 
              
                | 1278 | the private school selected for the student for the following | 
              
                | 1279 | year. | 
              
                | 1280 | (6)  PRIVATE SCHOOL ELIGIBILITY.--Eligibility of a private | 
              
                | 1281 | school shall be determined by the parental oversight and | 
              
                | 1282 | accountability requirements that, coupled with the exercise of | 
              
                | 1283 | parental choice, are reasonably necessary to secure the | 
              
                | 1284 | educational public purpose. To be eligible to participate in the | 
              
                | 1285 | Florida Learning Access Grants program, a private school must be | 
              
                | 1286 | a Florida private school, may be sectarian or nonsectarian, and | 
              
                | 1287 | must: | 
              
                | 1288 | (a)  Demonstrate fiscal soundness by being in operation for | 
              
                | 1289 | 1 school year or provide the Department of Education with a | 
              
                | 1290 | statement by a certified public accountant confirming that the | 
              
                | 1291 | private school desiring to participate is insured and the owner | 
              
                | 1292 | or owners have sufficient capital or credit to operate the | 
              
                | 1293 | school for the upcoming year serving the number of students | 
              
                | 1294 | anticipated with expected revenues from tuition and other | 
              
                | 1295 | sources that may be reasonably expected. In lieu of such a | 
              
                | 1296 | statement, a surety bond or letter of credit for the amount | 
              
                | 1297 | equal to the Florida Learning Access Grant funds for any school | 
              
                | 1298 | year may be filed with the department. | 
              
                | 1299 | (b)  Notify the Department of Education and the school | 
              
                | 1300 | district in the service areas in which the school is located of | 
              
                | 1301 | its intent to participate in the program under this section as | 
              
                | 1302 | early as possible, but no later than July 1 preceding the school | 
              
                | 1303 | year in which it intends to participate. The notice shall | 
              
                | 1304 | specify the grade levels and services that the private school | 
              
                | 1305 | has available for the Florida Learning Access Grants program. | 
              
                | 1306 | (c)  Comply with the antidiscrimination provisions of 42 | 
              
                | 1307 | U.S.C. s. 2002d. | 
              
                | 1308 | (d)  Meet state and local health and safety laws and codes. | 
              
                | 1309 | (e)  Comply with all state statutes applicable to the | 
              
                | 1310 | general regulation of private schools. | 
              
                | 1311 | (f)  If a Florida Learning Access Grant student’s parent so | 
              
                | 1312 | requests, coordinate with the school district the locations and | 
              
                | 1313 | times for the student to take all statewide assessments pursuant | 
              
                | 1314 | to s. 1008.22. | 
              
                | 1315 | (7)  INITIAL FLORIDA LEARNING ACCESS GRANTS.-- | 
              
                | 1316 | (a)  Initial Florida Learning Access Grants shall be | 
              
                | 1317 | offered on a first-come, first-served basis. | 
              
                | 1318 | (b)  The number of initial Florida Learning Access Grants | 
              
                | 1319 | to be awarded shall be determined annually by the Department of | 
              
                | 1320 | Education based upon the department’s determination of the | 
              
                | 1321 | number that would be necessary to reduce class size to meet the | 
              
                | 1322 | school district’s two-student-per-year reduction requirements | 
              
                | 1323 | pursuant to s. 1003.03(3) or to meet the constitutional class | 
              
                | 1324 | size maximums described in s. 1003.03(2). However, district | 
              
                | 1325 | school boards may authorize more Florida Learning Access Grants | 
              
                | 1326 | than the number established by the department. | 
              
                | 1327 | (8)  FLORIDA LEARNING ACCESS GRANT RENEWAL.--For purposes | 
              
                | 1328 | of educational continuity and parental choice, a Florida | 
              
                | 1329 | Learning Access Grant, once awarded, shall be renewable for as | 
              
                | 1330 | long as the parent is a Florida resident who opts for | 
              
                | 1331 | continuation of the grant for the student and the student | 
              
                | 1332 | lawfully attends an eligible private school through grade 12 or | 
              
                | 1333 | until the student graduates from high school. The Florida | 
              
                | 1334 | Learning Access Grant may be transferred from one eligible | 
              
                | 1335 | private school to another upon the school’s acceptance of the | 
              
                | 1336 | student and the parent’s provision of adequate notice to the | 
              
                | 1337 | Department of Education. A parent may, however, at any time opt | 
              
                | 1338 | to return the student to the public school. | 
              
                | 1339 | (9)  FLORIDA LEARNING ACCESS GRANT DISBURSEMENT.--Upon | 
              
                | 1340 | proper documentation reviewed and approved by the Department of | 
              
                | 1341 | Education, the Chief Financial Officer shall make Florida | 
              
                | 1342 | Learning Access Grant payments in four equal amounts no later | 
              
                | 1343 | than September 1, November 1, February 1, and April 1 of each | 
              
                | 1344 | academic year. The initial payment shall be made after | 
              
                | 1345 | Department of Education verification of admission acceptance, | 
              
                | 1346 | and subsequent payments shall be made upon verification of the | 
              
                | 1347 | student’s continued enrollment and attendance at the private | 
              
                | 1348 | school. Payment must be by individual warrant made payable to | 
              
                | 1349 | the student’s parent and mailed by the Department of Education | 
              
                | 1350 | to the private school of the parent’s choice, and the parent | 
              
                | 1351 | shall restrictively endorse the warrant to the private school. | 
              
                | 1352 | (10)  LIABILITY.--No liability shall arise on the part of | 
              
                | 1353 | the state based on the award or use of any Florida Learning | 
              
                | 1354 | Access Grant. | 
              
                | 1355 | (11)  DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION OBLIGATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1356 | (a)1.  Upon notification of the number of students whose | 
              
                | 1357 | parents have opted to request initial Florida Learning Access | 
              
                | 1358 | Grants, the Department of Education shall transfer from general | 
              
                | 1359 | revenue funds appropriated to the school district the total | 
              
                | 1360 | amount of annual $3,500 grants for the school district’s | 
              
                | 1361 | students from the Florida Education Finance Program to a | 
              
                | 1362 | separate account for the disbursement of the initial Florida | 
              
                | 1363 | Learning Access Grants. | 
              
                | 1364 | 2.  The Department of Education shall, in its annual | 
              
                | 1365 | budget, provide for Florida Learning Access Grants for parents | 
              
                | 1366 | who wish their children to continue participation in the Florida | 
              
                | 1367 | Learning Access Grants program beyond the initial year of | 
              
                | 1368 | participation. | 
              
                | 1369 | (b)  The Department of Education shall administer the | 
              
                | 1370 | Florida Learning Access Grants program, and the State Board of | 
              
                | 1371 | Education may adopt rules pursuant ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to | 
              
                | 1372 | implement the provisions of this section. However, the inclusion | 
              
                | 1373 | of eligible private schools within options available to Florida | 
              
                | 1374 | public school students does not expand the regulatory authority | 
              
                | 1375 | of the state, its officers, or any school district to impose any | 
              
                | 1376 | additional regulations on private schools beyond those | 
              
                | 1377 | reasonably necessary to enforce requirements expressly set forth | 
              
                | 1378 | in this section. | 
              
                | 1379 | Section 12.  Section 1002.396, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 1380 | to read: | 
              
                | 1381 | 1002.396  Kindergarten grants program.-- | 
              
                | 1382 | (1)  LEGISLATIVE INTENT; KINDERGARTEN GRANTS | 
              
                | 1383 | PROGRAM.--Recognizing the importance of each child having the | 
              
                | 1384 | best possible foundation for his or her success in school, it is | 
              
                | 1385 | the intent of the Legislature that the parents of a child who | 
              
                | 1386 | will have attained the age of 5 years on or before September 1 | 
              
                | 1387 | of the school year or who is otherwise eligible to attend | 
              
                | 1388 | kindergarten in a Florida public school be given the option: | 
              
                | 1389 | (a)  To enroll the child in and transport the child to | 
              
                | 1390 | kindergarten in any public school within the school district | 
              
                | 1391 | other than the school to which the child is assigned; or | 
              
                | 1392 | (b)  To receive a kindergarten grant to enroll the child in | 
              
                | 1393 | an eligible private kindergarten of the parent's choice. The | 
              
                | 1394 | grant shall be in the amount of $3,500 in 2003 dollars, adjusted | 
              
                | 1395 | annually thereafter to reflect increases or decreases in the | 
              
                | 1396 | Consumer Price Index, or the tuition charged by the private | 
              
                | 1397 | kindergarten, whichever is less. The parent choosing a | 
              
                | 1398 | kindergarten grant shall be responsible for the child's | 
              
                | 1399 | transportation. | 
              
                | 1400 | (2)  PARENT OBLIGATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1401 | (a)  The parent choosing to participate in the kindergarten | 
              
                | 1402 | grants program shall notify the school district as to which of | 
              
                | 1403 | the options provided in subsection (1) the parent wishes to | 
              
                | 1404 | choose. | 
              
                | 1405 | (b)  If the parent chooses the option provided in paragraph | 
              
                | 1406 | (1)(a), the parent shall inform the school district by May 1 | 
              
                | 1407 | which public school the parent has selected, and the parent | 
              
                | 1408 | shall agree to provide any necessary transportation to the | 
              
                | 1409 | selected public school. | 
              
                | 1410 | (c)  If the parent chooses the option provided in paragraph | 
              
                | 1411 | (1)(b), the parent shall: | 
              
                | 1412 | 1.  Obtain acceptance for admission of the child to a | 
              
                | 1413 | private kindergarten eligible under subsection (3) as soon as | 
              
                | 1414 | possible and inform the private kindergarten that the child will | 
              
                | 1415 | be using a kindergarten grant. | 
              
                | 1416 | 2.  Notify the Department of Education by July 1 of the | 
              
                | 1417 | parent's request for a kindergarten grant and the name and | 
              
                | 1418 | address of the selected private kindergarten. | 
              
                | 1419 | 3.  Agree to provide any necessary transportation for the | 
              
                | 1420 | child to the selected private kindergarten. | 
              
                | 1421 | 4.  Agree to pay any costs associated with the child's | 
              
                | 1422 | attendance at the private kindergarten that exceed the amount of | 
              
                | 1423 | the kindergarten grant. | 
              
                | 1424 | (3)  PRIVATE KINDERGARTEN ELIGIBILITY.--Eligibility of a | 
              
                | 1425 | private kindergarten shall be determined by the parental | 
              
                | 1426 | oversight and accountability requirements that, coupled with the | 
              
                | 1427 | exercise of parental choice, are reasonably necessary to secure | 
              
                | 1428 | the educational public purpose. To be eligible to participate in | 
              
                | 1429 | the kindergarten grants program, a kindergarten must be a | 
              
                | 1430 | Florida private kindergarten, may be sectarian or nonsectarian, | 
              
                | 1431 | and must: | 
              
                | 1432 | (a)  Demonstrate fiscal soundness by being in operation for | 
              
                | 1433 | 1 school year or provide the Department of Education with a | 
              
                | 1434 | statement by a certified public accountant confirming that the | 
              
                | 1435 | private kindergarten desiring to participate is insured and the | 
              
                | 1436 | owner or owners have sufficient capital or credit to operate the | 
              
                | 1437 | kindergarten for the upcoming year serving the number of | 
              
                | 1438 | students anticipated with expected revenues from tuition and | 
              
                | 1439 | other sources that may be reasonably expected. In lieu of such a | 
              
                | 1440 | statement, a surety bond or letter of credit for the amount | 
              
                | 1441 | equal to the kindergarten grants funds for any school year may | 
              
                | 1442 | be filed with the department. | 
              
                | 1443 | (b)  Notify the Department of Education and the school | 
              
                | 1444 | district in the service area in which the kindergarten is | 
              
                | 1445 | located of its intent to participate in the program under this | 
              
                | 1446 | section as early as possible, but no later than July 1 preceding | 
              
                | 1447 | the school year in which it intends to participate. | 
              
                | 1448 | (c)  Comply with the antidiscrimination provisions of 42 | 
              
                | 1449 | U.S.C. s. 2000d. | 
              
                | 1450 | (d)  Meet state and local health and safety laws and codes. | 
              
                | 1451 | (e)  Comply with all state statutes applicable to the | 
              
                | 1452 | general regulation of private schools. | 
              
                | 1453 | (4)  KINDERGARTEN GRANT DISBURSEMENT.--Upon proper | 
              
                | 1454 | documentation reviewed and approved by the Department of | 
              
                | 1455 | Education, the Chief Financial Officer shall make kindergarten | 
              
                | 1456 | grant payments in four equal amounts no later than September 1, | 
              
                | 1457 | November 1, February 1, and April 1 of each academic year. The | 
              
                | 1458 | initial payment shall be made after Department of Education | 
              
                | 1459 | verification of admission acceptance, and subsequent payments | 
              
                | 1460 | shall be made upon verification of the student's continued | 
              
                | 1461 | enrollment and attendance at the private kindergarten. Payment | 
              
                | 1462 | must be by individual warrant made payable to the student's | 
              
                | 1463 | parent and mailed by the Department of Education to the private | 
              
                | 1464 | kindergarten of the parent's choice, and the parent shall | 
              
                | 1465 | restrictively endorse the warrant to the private kindergarten. | 
              
                | 1466 | (5)  LIABILITY.--No liability shall arise on the part of | 
              
                | 1467 | the state based on the award or use of any kindergarten grant. | 
              
                | 1468 | (6)  DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION OBLIGATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1469 | (a)  The Department of Education shall transfer from | 
              
                | 1470 | general revenue funds appropriated to the school district the | 
              
                | 1471 | total amount of annual $3,500 grants for the school district's | 
              
                | 1472 | students from the Florida Education Finance Program to a | 
              
                | 1473 | separate account for the disbursement of the kindergarten | 
              
                | 1474 | grants. | 
              
                | 1475 | (b)  The Department of Education shall administer the | 
              
                | 1476 | kindergarten grants program and may adopt rules pursuant to ss. | 
              
                | 1477 | 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the provisions of this | 
              
                | 1478 | section. However, the inclusion of eligible private schools | 
              
                | 1479 | within options available to Florida public school students does | 
              
                | 1480 | not expand the regulatory authority of the state, its officers, | 
              
                | 1481 | or any school district to impose any additional regulations on | 
              
                | 1482 | private schools beyond those reasonably necessary to enforce | 
              
                | 1483 | requirements expressly set forth in this section. | 
              
                | 1484 | Section 13.  Section 1002.397, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 1485 | to read: | 
              
                | 1486 | 1002.397  K-8 Virtual School Grants Program.-- | 
              
                | 1487 | (1)  K-8 VIRTUAL SCHOOL GRANTS PROGRAM.--Parents of a | 
              
                | 1488 | student who is eligible to attend kindergarten or grade 1, 2, 3, | 
              
                | 1489 | 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 and was enrolled and in attendance at a Florida | 
              
                | 1490 | public school during the October and February FTE enrollment | 
              
                | 1491 | counts or is entering kindergarten or first grade and has been | 
              
                | 1492 | assigned to a specific Florida public school shall be given the | 
              
                | 1493 | option to enroll the student in an eligible K-8 virtual school | 
              
                | 1494 | of the parent’s choice. The student shall be enrolled as a full- | 
              
                | 1495 | time student. The student shall be eligible for a virtual school | 
              
                | 1496 | grant in the amount of $4,800 in 2003 dollars, adjusted annually | 
              
                | 1497 | thereafter to reflect increases or decreases in the Consumer | 
              
                | 1498 | Price Index, or the tuition charged by the eligible K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1499 | school, whichever is less. Students who are enrolled in | 
              
                | 1500 | traditional public school classes that are not in compliance | 
              
                | 1501 | with the maximum class sizes provided in s. 1003.03 or who have | 
              
                | 1502 | scored Level 1 on the Florida Comprehensive Assessment Test or | 
              
                | 1503 | have been retained shall be given priority. | 
              
                | 1504 | (2)  STUDENT AND PARENT OBLIGATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1505 | (a)  The parent of an eligible student choosing to | 
              
                | 1506 | participate in the K-8 Virtual School Grants Program shall | 
              
                | 1507 | notify the school district of the parent’s desire for the | 
              
                | 1508 | student to participate in the grants program. | 
              
                | 1509 | (b)  The parent shall: | 
              
                | 1510 | 1.  Obtain acceptance for admission of the student to an | 
              
                | 1511 | eligible K-8 virtual school and inform the virtual school that | 
              
                | 1512 | the child will be using a virtual school grant. | 
              
                | 1513 | 2.  Notify the Department of Education by July 1 of the | 
              
                | 1514 | parent’s request for a K-8 virtual school grant and the name and | 
              
                | 1515 | address of the selected virtual school. | 
              
                | 1516 | 3.  Agree to pay any costs, including any transportation, | 
              
                | 1517 | associated with the child’s attendance at the K-8 virtual school | 
              
                | 1518 | that exceed the amount of the K-8 virtual school grant. | 
              
                | 1519 | (c)  Each parent shall serve as, or provide, an onsite | 
              
                | 1520 | mentor or facilitator at the site where the student is | 
              
                | 1521 | physically located. | 
              
                | 1522 | (d)  Each student shall have access to a singular, | 
              
                | 1523 | consistent curriculum that meets or exceeds the Sunshine State | 
              
                | 1524 | Standards and that has an interactive program with significant | 
              
                | 1525 | on-line components. Nothing in this section, however, shall | 
              
                | 1526 | prohibit a student from working at a different grade level in a | 
              
                | 1527 | subject within the singular curriculum. | 
              
                | 1528 | (e)  Each student enrolled in an approved K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1529 | school shall be a full-time student. Enrolled students must take | 
              
                | 1530 | all language arts, mathematics, science, history, and required | 
              
                | 1531 | courses for the grade level in which the student is enrolled. | 
              
                | 1532 | (f)  Each student enrolled in an approved K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1533 | school in grades 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 shall participate in the | 
              
                | 1534 | Florida Comprehensive Assessment Test (FCAT) in accordance with | 
              
                | 1535 | the requirement of s. 1008.22. Students in grades that are not | 
              
                | 1536 | required to take the FCAT shall participate in local assessments | 
              
                | 1537 | and in the K-3 state-approved assessment for reading adopted by | 
              
                | 1538 | Just Read Florida. | 
              
                | 1539 | (3)  K-8 VIRTUAL SCHOOL ELIGIBILITY.--As used in this | 
              
                | 1540 | section, a “K-8 virtual school” means an independent public | 
              
                | 1541 | school that uses on-line and distance learning technology in | 
              
                | 1542 | order to deliver instruction to students in kindergarten and | 
              
                | 1543 | grades 1 through 8. Eligibility of a K-8 virtual school to | 
              
                | 1544 | participate in the K-8 Virtual School Grants Program shall be | 
              
                | 1545 | determined by the State Board of Education. To be eligible to | 
              
                | 1546 | participate in the program, a K-8 virtual school must: | 
              
                | 1547 | (a)  Demonstrate fiscal soundness by being in operation for | 
              
                | 1548 | at least 1 school year or provide the Department of Education | 
              
                | 1549 | with a statement by a certified public accountant confirming | 
              
                | 1550 | that the K-8 virtual school desiring to participate is insured | 
              
                | 1551 | and the owner or owners have sufficient capital or credit to | 
              
                | 1552 | operate the school for the upcoming year serving the number of | 
              
                | 1553 | students anticipated with expected revenues from tuition and | 
              
                | 1554 | other sources that may be reasonably expected. In lieu of such a | 
              
                | 1555 | statement, a surety bond or letter of credit for the amount | 
              
                | 1556 | equal to the K-8 virtual school grants funds for any school year | 
              
                | 1557 | may be filed with the department. | 
              
                | 1558 | (b)  Notify the Department of Education of its intent to | 
              
                | 1559 | participate in the program under this section as early as | 
              
                | 1560 | possible, but no later than July 1 preceding the school year in | 
              
                | 1561 | which it intends to participate, except that such notification | 
              
                | 1562 | deadline shall not apply in the first year of implementation. | 
              
                | 1563 | (c)  Comply with the antidiscrimination provisions of 42 | 
              
                | 1564 | U.S.C. s. 2000d. | 
              
                | 1565 | (d)  Submit to the State Board of Education forecasted | 
              
                | 1566 | enrollment, actual enrollments, and grade completions for the K- | 
              
                | 1567 | 8 virtual school according to procedures established by the | 
              
                | 1568 | State Board of Education. At a minimum, such procedures must | 
              
                | 1569 | include the number of students served by grade and by county of | 
              
                | 1570 | residence. | 
              
                | 1571 | (e)  Provide, free of charge, all instructional materials | 
              
                | 1572 | for each student enrolled in the K–8 virtual school for as long | 
              
                | 1573 | as the student is enrolled. In addition, for each household with | 
              
                | 1574 | a student or students enrolled in a K-8 virtual school, the | 
              
                | 1575 | virtual school must make available, free of charge, a computer | 
              
                | 1576 | and a printer, in addition to a subsidized Internet connection, | 
              
                | 1577 | for as long as the student is enrolled. Nothing in this | 
              
                | 1578 | paragraph prevents students from using their own computers, | 
              
                | 1579 | printers, or Internet connections. | 
              
                | 1580 | (f)  Conform all curriculum and course content to the | 
              
                | 1581 | Sunshine State Standards. All reading and other content area | 
              
                | 1582 | strategies shall be based on scientific research. | 
              
                | 1583 | (g)  Administer the Florida Comprehensive Assessment Test | 
              
                | 1584 | (FCAT) in accordance with ss. 1008.22, 1008.23, and 1008.24 or, | 
              
                | 1585 | for those students in grades that are not required to take the | 
              
                | 1586 | FCAT, local assessments and the K-3 state-approved assessment | 
              
                | 1587 | for reading adopted by Just Read Florida. | 
              
                | 1588 | (h)  Employ on-line teachers who are certified in Florida. | 
              
                | 1589 | All on-line teachers shall meet with each student at least once | 
              
                | 1590 | per month during each school semester, either face-to-face at | 
              
                | 1591 | the school facility or another mutually agreed upon location or | 
              
                | 1592 | via telephone. On-line teachers shall be available to students, | 
              
                | 1593 | parents, and onsite mentors and facilitators on a schedule | 
              
                | 1594 | equivalent to that of a normal public school day and normal | 
              
                | 1595 | public school calendar for each K-8 virtual school student's | 
              
                | 1596 | public school district in a variety of ways, including, but not | 
              
                | 1597 | limited to, telephone and electronic mail. | 
              
                | 1598 | (i)  Maintain an administrative office, which shall be | 
              
                | 1599 | considered its principal place of business within the state. | 
              
                | 1600 | (4)  K-8 VIRTUAL SCHOOL GRANT DISBURSEMENT.--Upon proper | 
              
                | 1601 | documentation reviewed and approved by the Department of | 
              
                | 1602 | Education, the Chief Financial Officer shall make K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1603 | school grant payments in four equal amounts no later than | 
              
                | 1604 | September 1, November 1, February 1, and April 1 of each | 
              
                | 1605 | academic year. The initial payment shall be made after | 
              
                | 1606 | Department of Education verification of admission acceptance, | 
              
                | 1607 | and subsequent payments shall be made upon verification of the | 
              
                | 1608 | student’s continued enrollment. Payment must be by individual | 
              
                | 1609 | warrant made payable to the student’s parent and mailed by the | 
              
                | 1610 | Department of Education to the K-8 virtual school of the | 
              
                | 1611 | parent’s choice, and the parent shall restrictively endorse the | 
              
                | 1612 | warrant to the virtual school. | 
              
                | 1613 | (5)  LIABILITY.--No liability shall arise on the part of | 
              
                | 1614 | the state based on the award or use of any K-8 virtual school | 
              
                | 1615 | grant. | 
              
                | 1616 | (6)  DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION OBLIGATIONS.--The Department | 
              
                | 1617 | of Education shall administer the K-8 Virtual School Grants | 
              
                | 1618 | Program. | 
              
                | 1619 | (a)  The department may approve one or more K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1620 | schools for the purpose of delivering K-8 on-line and distance | 
              
                | 1621 | learning education. | 
              
                | 1622 | (b)  The department shall monitor each K-8 virtual school’s | 
              
                | 1623 | performance and annually evaluate each K-8 virtual school based | 
              
                | 1624 | on the following criteria: | 
              
                | 1625 | 1.  The extent to which the school demonstrates increases | 
              
                | 1626 | in student achievement according to the goals of the Sunshine | 
              
                | 1627 | State Standards. | 
              
                | 1628 | 2.  Student achievement data from the Florida Comprehensive | 
              
                | 1629 | Assessment Test (FCAT) for grades 3 through 8. The school shall | 
              
                | 1630 | be assigned a school performance grade under the school grading | 
              
                | 1631 | system. For those students in kindergarten and grades 1 and 2 | 
              
                | 1632 | who are not required to take the FCAT, student achievement data | 
              
                | 1633 | shall be from local assessments and the K-3 state-approved | 
              
                | 1634 | assessment for reading adopted by Just Read Florida. | 
              
                | 1635 | 3.  Grade completion rate, based upon the goals of a | 
              
                | 1636 | 70-percent completion rate, with 80 percent of those completing | 
              
                | 1637 | grades scoring at Level 3 or higher on the FCAT or at least | 
              
                | 1638 | satisfactory on the K-3 assessment. | 
              
                | 1639 | 4.  Parent satisfaction rate, based upon the goal of 80 | 
              
                | 1640 | percent of parents of participating students indicating | 
              
                | 1641 | satisfaction with the school. | 
              
                | 1642 | 5.  The accountability and viability of the K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1643 | school as demonstrated by its academic, fiscal, and operational | 
              
                | 1644 | performance. | 
              
                | 1645 |  | 
              
                | 1646 | The Department of Education shall report each K-8 virtual | 
              
                | 1647 | school’s performance to the State Board of Education, the | 
              
                | 1648 | President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of | 
              
                | 1649 | Representatives. | 
              
                | 1650 | (7)  RULEMAKING.--The State Board of Education may adopt | 
              
                | 1651 | rules in accordance with ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 as necessary | 
              
                | 1652 | to implement this section, including reporting requirements for | 
              
                | 1653 | K-8 virtual schools operating pursuant to this section. | 
              
                | 1654 | Section 14.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (3), paragraph (e) | 
              
                | 1655 | of subsection (4), and paragraph (a) of subsection (6) of | 
              
                | 1656 | section 220.187, Florida Statues, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 1657 | 220.187  Credits for contributions to nonprofit | 
              
                | 1658 | scholarship-funding organizations.-- | 
              
                | 1659 | (3)  AUTHORIZATION TO GRANT SCHOLARSHIP FUNDING TAX | 
              
                | 1660 | CREDITS; LIMITATIONS ON INDIVIDUAL AND TOTAL CREDITS.-- | 
              
                | 1661 | (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law,the total | 
              
                | 1662 | amount of tax credit which may be granted each state fiscal year | 
              
                | 1663 | under both this section and s. 220.1875 is $100 $50million. | 
              
                | 1664 | (4)  OBLIGATIONS OF ELIGIBLE NONPROFIT SCHOLARSHIP-FUNDING | 
              
                | 1665 | ORGANIZATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 1666 | (e)  An eligible nonprofit scholarship-funding | 
              
                | 1667 | organization that receives an eligible contribution must spend | 
              
                | 1668 | 100 percent of the eligible contribution to provide scholarships | 
              
                | 1669 | within 6 months after the date the contribution was received or | 
              
                | 1670 | in the same state fiscal year in which the contribution was | 
              
                | 1671 | received, whichever is later. No portion of eligible | 
              
                | 1672 | contributions may be used for administrative expenses. All | 
              
                | 1673 | interest accrued from contributions must be used for | 
              
                | 1674 | scholarships. | 
              
                | 1675 | (6)  ADMINISTRATION; RULES.-- | 
              
                | 1676 | (a)  If the credit granted pursuant to this section is not | 
              
                | 1677 | fully used in any one year because of insufficient tax liability | 
              
                | 1678 | on the part of the corporation, the unused amount may notbe | 
              
                | 1679 | carried forward for a period not to exceed 3 years. A taxpayer | 
              
                | 1680 | may not convey, assign, or transfer the credit authorized by | 
              
                | 1681 | this section to another entity unless all of the assets of the | 
              
                | 1682 | taxpayer are conveyed, assigned, or transferred in the same | 
              
                | 1683 | transaction. This carryforward applies to all approved | 
              
                | 1684 | contributions made after January 1, 2002. | 
              
                | 1685 | Section 15.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (2) and paragraph | 
              
                | 1686 | (a) of subsection (6) of section 1002.20, Florida Statutes, are | 
              
                | 1687 | amended to read: | 
              
                | 1688 | 1002.20  K-12 student and parent rights.--K-12 students and | 
              
                | 1689 | their parents are afforded numerous statutory rights including, | 
              
                | 1690 | but not limited to, the following: | 
              
                | 1691 | (2)  ATTENDANCE.-- | 
              
                | 1692 | (b)  Regular school attendance.--Parents of students who | 
              
                | 1693 | have attained the age of 6 years by February 1 of any school | 
              
                | 1694 | year but who have not attained the age of 16 years must comply | 
              
                | 1695 | with the compulsory school attendance laws. Parents have the | 
              
                | 1696 | option to comply with the school attendance laws by attendance | 
              
                | 1697 | of the student in a public school, including the Florida Virtual | 
              
                | 1698 | School operating pursuant to s. 1002.37; a parochial, religious, | 
              
                | 1699 | or denominational school; a private school; a home education | 
              
                | 1700 | program; a K-8 virtual school operating pursuant to s. 1002.397; | 
              
                | 1701 | or a private tutoring program, in accordance with the provisions | 
              
                | 1702 | of s. 1003.01(13) (14). | 
              
                | 1703 | (6)  EDUCATIONAL CHOICE.-- | 
              
                | 1704 | (a)  Public school choices.--Parents of public school | 
              
                | 1705 | students may seek whatever public school choice options that are | 
              
                | 1706 | applicable to their students and are available to students in  | 
              
                | 1707 | their school districts. These options may include controlled | 
              
                | 1708 | open enrollment, lab schools, charter schools, charter technical | 
              
                | 1709 | career centers, magnet schools, alternative schools, special | 
              
                | 1710 | programs, advanced placement, dual enrollment, International | 
              
                | 1711 | Baccalaureate, early admissions, credit by examination or | 
              
                | 1712 | demonstration of competency, the New World School of the Arts, | 
              
                | 1713 | the Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind, andthe Florida | 
              
                | 1714 | Virtual School, and K-8 virtual schools operating pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 1715 | 1002.397. These options may also include the public school | 
              
                | 1716 | choice options of the Opportunity Scholarship Program and the | 
              
                | 1717 | McKay Scholarships for Students with Disabilities Program. | 
              
                | 1718 | Section 16.  Subsection (13) of section 1002.33, Florida | 
              
                | 1719 | Statutes, is repealed, subsections (14) through (26) are | 
              
                | 1720 | renumbered as subsections (13) through (25), respectively, and | 
              
                | 1721 | paragraph (e) of subsection (10) and paragraph (a) of present | 
              
                | 1722 | subsection (21) of said section are amended to read: | 
              
                | 1723 | 1002.33  Charter schools.-- | 
              
                | 1724 | (10)  ELIGIBLE STUDENTS.-- | 
              
                | 1725 | (e)  A charter school may limit the enrollment process only | 
              
                | 1726 | to target the following student populations: | 
              
                | 1727 | 1.  Students within specific age groups or grade levels. | 
              
                | 1728 | 2.  Students considered at risk of dropping out of school | 
              
                | 1729 | or academic failure. Such students shall include exceptional | 
              
                | 1730 | education students. | 
              
                | 1731 | 3.  Students enrolling in a charter school-in-the-workplace | 
              
                | 1732 | or charter school-in-a-municipality established pursuant to | 
              
                | 1733 | subsection (15) (16). | 
              
                | 1734 | 4.  Students residing within a reasonable distance of the | 
              
                | 1735 | charter school, as described in paragraph (20) (21)(c). Such | 
              
                | 1736 | students shall be subject to a random lottery and to the | 
              
                | 1737 | racial/ethnic balance provisions described in subparagraph | 
              
                | 1738 | (7)(a)8. or any federal provisions that require a school to | 
              
                | 1739 | achieve a racial/ethnic balance reflective of the community it | 
              
                | 1740 | serves or within the racial/ethnic range of other public schools | 
              
                | 1741 | in the same school district. | 
              
                | 1742 | 5.  Students who meet reasonable academic, artistic, or | 
              
                | 1743 | other eligibility standards established by the charter school | 
              
                | 1744 | and included in the charter school application and charter or, | 
              
                | 1745 | in the case of existing charter schools, standards that are | 
              
                | 1746 | consistent with the school's mission and purpose. Such standards | 
              
                | 1747 | shall be in accordance with current state law and practice in | 
              
                | 1748 | public schools and may not discriminate against otherwise | 
              
                | 1749 | qualified individuals. | 
              
                | 1750 | 6.  Students articulating from one charter school to | 
              
                | 1751 | another pursuant to an articulation agreement between the | 
              
                | 1752 | charter schools that has been approved by the sponsor. | 
              
                | 1753 | (13)  NUMBER OF SCHOOLS.--
 | 
              
                | 1754 | (a)  The number of newly created charter schools is limited  | 
              
                | 1755 | to no more than 28 in each school district that has 100,000 or  | 
              
                | 1756 | more students, no more than 20 in each school district that has  | 
              
                | 1757 | 50,000 to 99,999 students, and no more than 12 in each school  | 
              
                | 1758 | district with fewer than 50,000 students.
 | 
              
                | 1759 | (b)  An existing public school which converts to a charter  | 
              
                | 1760 | school shall not be counted toward the limit established by  | 
              
                | 1761 | paragraph (a).
 | 
              
                | 1762 | (c)  Notwithstanding any limit established by this  | 
              
                | 1763 | subsection, a district school board or a charter school  | 
              
                | 1764 | applicant shall have the right to request an increase of the  | 
              
                | 1765 | limit on the number of charter schools authorized to be  | 
              
                | 1766 | established within the district from the State Board of  | 
              
                | 1767 | Education.
 | 
              
                | 1768 | (d)  Whenever a municipality has submitted charter  | 
              
                | 1769 | applications for the establishment of a charter school feeder  | 
              
                | 1770 | pattern (elementary, middle, and senior high schools), and upon  | 
              
                | 1771 | approval of each individual charter application by the district  | 
              
                | 1772 | school board, such applications shall then be designated as one  | 
              
                | 1773 | charter school for all purposes listed pursuant to this section.
 | 
              
                | 1774 | (20) (21)SERVICES.-- | 
              
                | 1775 | (a)  A sponsor shall provide certain administrative and | 
              
                | 1776 | educational services to charter schools. These services shall | 
              
                | 1777 | include contract management services, full-time equivalent and | 
              
                | 1778 | data reporting services, exceptional student education | 
              
                | 1779 | administration services, test administration services, | 
              
                | 1780 | processing of teacher certificate data services, and information | 
              
                | 1781 | services. Any administrative fee charged by the sponsor for the | 
              
                | 1782 | provision of services shall be limited to 5 percent of the | 
              
                | 1783 | available funds defined in paragraph (17) (18)(b). | 
              
                | 1784 | Section 17.  Subsection (6) of section 1002.41, Florida | 
              
                | 1785 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 1786 | 1002.41  Home education programs.-- | 
              
                | 1787 | (6)  Home education students may participate in dual | 
              
                | 1788 | enrollment programs in accordance with the provisions of ss. | 
              
                | 1789 | 1007.27(5) (4)and 1007.271(10). | 
              
                | 1790 | Section 18.  Paragraph (i) is added to subsection (1) of | 
              
                | 1791 | section 1003.02, Florida Statutes, and subsection (4) of said | 
              
                | 1792 | section is amended, to read: | 
              
                | 1793 | 1003.02  District school board operation and control of | 
              
                | 1794 | public K-12 education within the school district.--As provided | 
              
                | 1795 | in part II of chapter 1001, district school boards are | 
              
                | 1796 | constitutionally and statutorily charged with the operation and | 
              
                | 1797 | control of public K-12 education within their school district. | 
              
                | 1798 | The district school boards must establish, organize, and operate | 
              
                | 1799 | their public K-12 schools and educational programs, employees, | 
              
                | 1800 | and facilities. Their responsibilities include staff | 
              
                | 1801 | development, public K-12 school student education including | 
              
                | 1802 | education for exceptional students and students in juvenile | 
              
                | 1803 | justice programs, special programs, adult education programs, | 
              
                | 1804 | and career and technical education programs. Additionally, | 
              
                | 1805 | district school boards must: | 
              
                | 1806 | (1)  Provide for the proper accounting for all students of | 
              
                | 1807 | school age, for the attendance and control of students at | 
              
                | 1808 | school, and for proper attention to health, safety, and other | 
              
                | 1809 | matters relating to the welfare of students in the following | 
              
                | 1810 | fields: | 
              
                | 1811 | (i)  Parental notification of acceleration mechanisms.--At | 
              
                | 1812 | the beginning of each school year, notify parents of students in | 
              
                | 1813 | or entering high school of the opportunity and benefits of | 
              
                | 1814 | Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate, Advanced | 
              
                | 1815 | International Certificate of Education, dual enrollment, and | 
              
                | 1816 | Florida Virtual School courses. | 
              
                | 1817 | (4) For any school within the district that is not in  | 
              
                | 1818 | compliance with the small school size requirements of chapter  | 
              
                | 1819 | 1013,In order to reduce the anonymity of students in large | 
              
                | 1820 | schools, adopt policies that encourage subdivision of the school | 
              
                | 1821 | into schools-within-a-school, which shall operate within | 
              
                | 1822 | existing resources. A "school-within-a-school" means an | 
              
                | 1823 | operational program that uses flexible scheduling, team | 
              
                | 1824 | planning, and curricular and instructional innovation to | 
              
                | 1825 | organize groups of students with groups of teachers as smaller | 
              
                | 1826 | units, so as to functionally operate as a smaller school. | 
              
                | 1827 | Examples of this include, but are not limited to: | 
              
                | 1828 | (a)  An organizational arrangement assigning both students | 
              
                | 1829 | and teachers to smaller units in which the students take some or | 
              
                | 1830 | all of their coursework with their fellow grouped students and | 
              
                | 1831 | from the teachers assigned to the smaller unit. A unit may be | 
              
                | 1832 | grouped together for 1 year or on a vertical, multiyear basis. | 
              
                | 1833 | (b)  An organizational arrangement similar to that | 
              
                | 1834 | described in paragraph (a) with additional variations in | 
              
                | 1835 | instruction and curriculum. The smaller unit usually seeks to | 
              
                | 1836 | maintain a program different from that of the larger school, or | 
              
                | 1837 | of other smaller units. It may be vertically organized, but is | 
              
                | 1838 | dependent upon the school principal for its existence, budget, | 
              
                | 1839 | and staff. | 
              
                | 1840 | (c)  A separate and autonomous smaller unit formally | 
              
                | 1841 | authorized by the district school board or district school | 
              
                | 1842 | superintendent. The smaller unit plans and runs its own program, | 
              
                | 1843 | has its own staff and students, and receives its own separate | 
              
                | 1844 | budget. The smaller unit must negotiate the use of common space | 
              
                | 1845 | with the larger school and defer to the building principal on | 
              
                | 1846 | matters of safety and building operation. | 
              
                | 1847 | Section 19.  Section 1003.429, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 1848 | to read: | 
              
                | 1849 | 1003.429  Accelerated high school graduation options.-- | 
              
                | 1850 | (1)  Beginning with the 2003-2004 school year, all students | 
              
                | 1851 | scheduled to graduate in 2004 and thereafter shall select one of | 
              
                | 1852 | the following three high school graduation options: | 
              
                | 1853 | (a)  Completion of the general requirements for high school | 
              
                | 1854 | graduation pursuant to s. 1003.43; | 
              
                | 1855 | (b)  Completion of a 3-year standard college preparatory | 
              
                | 1856 | program requiring successful completion of a minimum of 18 | 
              
                | 1857 | academic credits in grades 9 through 12.  The 18 credits shall | 
              
                | 1858 | be primary requirements and shall be distributed as follows: | 
              
                | 1859 | 1.  Four credits in English, with major concentration in | 
              
                | 1860 | composition and literature; | 
              
                | 1861 | 2.  Three credits in mathematics at the Algebra I level or | 
              
                | 1862 | higher from the list of courses that qualify for state | 
              
                | 1863 | university admission; | 
              
                | 1864 | 3.  Three credits in natural science, two of which must | 
              
                | 1865 | have a laboratory component; | 
              
                | 1866 | 4.  Three credits in social sciences; | 
              
                | 1867 | 5.  Two credits in the same second language unless the | 
              
                | 1868 | student is a native speaker of or can otherwise demonstrate | 
              
                | 1869 | competency in a language other than English. If the student | 
              
                | 1870 | demonstrates competency in another language, the student may | 
              
                | 1871 | replace the language requirement with two credits in other | 
              
                | 1872 | academic courses; and | 
              
                | 1873 | 6.  Three credits in electives; or | 
              
                | 1874 | (c)  Completion of a 3-year career preparatory program | 
              
                | 1875 | requiring successful completion of a minimum of 18 academic | 
              
                | 1876 | credits in grades 9 through 12. The 18 credits shall be primary | 
              
                | 1877 | requirements and shall be distributed as follows: | 
              
                | 1878 | 1.  Four credits in English, with major concentration in | 
              
                | 1879 | composition and literature; | 
              
                | 1880 | 2.  Three credits in mathematics, one of which must be | 
              
                | 1881 | Algebra I; | 
              
                | 1882 | 3.  Three credits in natural science, two of which must | 
              
                | 1883 | have a laboratory component; | 
              
                | 1884 | 4.  Three credits in social sciences; | 
              
                | 1885 | 5.  Two credits in the same second language unless the | 
              
                | 1886 | student is a native speaker of or can otherwise demonstrate | 
              
                | 1887 | competency in a language other than English. If the student | 
              
                | 1888 | demonstrates competency in another language, the student may | 
              
                | 1889 | replace the language requirement with two credits in other | 
              
                | 1890 | academic courses; and | 
              
                | 1891 | 6.  Three credits in electives. | 
              
                | 1892 | (2)  Beginning with the 2003-2004 school year, each | 
              
                | 1893 | district school board shall provide each student in grades 6 | 
              
                | 1894 | through 12 and their parents with the 3-year and 4-year high | 
              
                | 1895 | school graduation options listed in subsection (1) with | 
              
                | 1896 | curriculum for the students and parents to select the | 
              
                | 1897 | postsecondary education or career plan that best fits their | 
              
                | 1898 | needs. The options shall include a timeframe for achieving each | 
              
                | 1899 | graduation option. | 
              
                | 1900 | (3)  Selection of one of the graduation options listed in | 
              
                | 1901 | subsection (1) is exclusively up to the student and parent.  If | 
              
                | 1902 | the student and parent fail to select a graduation option, the | 
              
                | 1903 | student shall be considered to have selected the general | 
              
                | 1904 | requirements for high school graduation pursuant to paragraph | 
              
                | 1905 | (1)(a). | 
              
                | 1906 | (4)  District school boards shall not establish | 
              
                | 1907 | requirements for accelerated 3-year high school graduation | 
              
                | 1908 | options in excess of the requirements in paragraphs (1)(b) and | 
              
                | 1909 | (1)(c). | 
              
                | 1910 | (5)  Students pursuing accelerated 3-year high school | 
              
                | 1911 | graduation options pursuant to paragraph (1)(b) or paragraph | 
              
                | 1912 | (1)(c) are required to: | 
              
                | 1913 | (a)  Earn passing scores on the FCAT as defined in s. | 
              
                | 1914 | 1008.22(3)(c). | 
              
                | 1915 | (b)  Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 on a | 
              
                | 1916 | 4.0 scale, or its equivalent, in the courses required by the | 
              
                | 1917 | chosen accelerated 3-year high school graduation option pursuant | 
              
                | 1918 | to paragraph (1)(b) or paragraph (1)(c). | 
              
                | 1919 | (6)  A student who meets all requirements prescribed in | 
              
                | 1920 | subsections (1) and (5) shall be awarded a standard diploma in a | 
              
                | 1921 | form prescribed by the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 1922 | Section 20.  Paragraph (i) of subsection (1) of section | 
              
                | 1923 | 1003.43, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 1924 | 1003.43  General requirements for high school graduation.-- | 
              
                | 1925 | (1)  Graduation requires successful completion of either a | 
              
                | 1926 | minimum of 24 academic credits in grades 9 through 12 or an | 
              
                | 1927 | International Baccalaureate curriculum. The 24 credits shall be | 
              
                | 1928 | distributed as follows: | 
              
                | 1929 | (i)  One-half credit in life management skills to include | 
              
                | 1930 | consumer education, positive emotional development, marriage and | 
              
                | 1931 | relationship skill-based education, nutrition, parenting skills, | 
              
                | 1932 | prevention of human immunodeficiency virus infection and | 
              
                | 1933 | acquired immune deficiency syndrome and other sexually | 
              
                | 1934 | transmissible diseases, benefits of sexual abstinence and | 
              
                | 1935 | consequences of teenage pregnancy, information and instruction | 
              
                | 1936 | on breast cancer detection and breast self-examination, | 
              
                | 1937 | cardiopulmonary resuscitation, drug education, and the hazards | 
              
                | 1938 | of smoking. Such credit shall be given for a course to be taken  | 
              
                | 1939 | by all students in either the 9th or 10th grade. | 
              
                | 1940 | District school boards may award a maximum of one-half credit in | 
              
                | 1941 | social studies and one-half elective credit for student | 
              
                | 1942 | completion of nonpaid voluntary community or school service | 
              
                | 1943 | work. Students choosing this option must complete a minimum of | 
              
                | 1944 | 75 hours of service in order to earn the one-half credit in | 
              
                | 1945 | either category of instruction. Credit may not be earned for | 
              
                | 1946 | service provided as a result of court action. District school | 
              
                | 1947 | boards that approve the award of credit for student volunteer | 
              
                | 1948 | service shall develop guidelines regarding the award of the | 
              
                | 1949 | credit, and school principals are responsible for approving | 
              
                | 1950 | specific volunteer activities. A course designated in the Course | 
              
                | 1951 | Code Directory as grade 9 through grade 12 that is taken below | 
              
                | 1952 | the 9th grade may be used to satisfy high school graduation | 
              
                | 1953 | requirements or Florida Academic Scholars award requirements as | 
              
                | 1954 | specified in a district school board's student progression plan. | 
              
                | 1955 | A student shall be granted credit toward meeting the | 
              
                | 1956 | requirements of this subsection for equivalent courses, as | 
              
                | 1957 | identified pursuant to s. 1007.271(6), taken through dual | 
              
                | 1958 | enrollment. | 
              
                | 1959 | Section 21.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of section | 
              
                | 1960 | 1003.436, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 1961 | 1003.436  Definition of "credit".-- | 
              
                | 1962 | (1)(a)  For the purposes of requirements for high school | 
              
                | 1963 | graduation, one full credit means a minimum of 120 135hours of | 
              
                | 1964 | bona fide instruction in a designated course of study that | 
              
                | 1965 | contains student performance standards. A student may be awarded | 
              
                | 1966 | a credit for less than 120 hours of classroom instruction based | 
              
                | 1967 | on documented mastery of course requirements and Sunshine State | 
              
                | 1968 | Standards with approval by the district school board.The State | 
              
                | 1969 | Board of Education shall determine the number of postsecondary | 
              
                | 1970 | credit hours earned through dual enrollment pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 1971 | 1007.271 that satisfy the requirements of a district's | 
              
                | 1972 | interinstitutional articulation agreement according to s. | 
              
                | 1973 | 1007.235 and that equal one full credit of the equivalent high | 
              
                | 1974 | school course identified pursuant to s. 1007.271(6). | 
              
                | 1975 | Section 22.  Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) of | 
              
                | 1976 | section 1007.261, Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 1977 | 1007.261  State universities; admissions of students.--Each | 
              
                | 1978 | university board of trustees is authorized to adopt rules | 
              
                | 1979 | governing the admission of students, subject to this section and | 
              
                | 1980 | rules of the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 1981 | (1)  Minimum academic standards for undergraduate admission | 
              
                | 1982 | to a university include: | 
              
                | 1983 | (a)  Each student must have received a high school diploma | 
              
                | 1984 | pursuant to s. 1003.429 ors. 1003.43, or its equivalent, except | 
              
                | 1985 | as provided in s. 1007.271(2)-(5) or completed a home education | 
              
                | 1986 | program according to s. 1002.41. | 
              
                | 1987 | (b)  Each student must have successfully completed a | 
              
                | 1988 | college-preparatory curriculum of 18 19credits, which shall | 
              
                | 1989 | include, but not be limited to, four credits in English, with | 
              
                | 1990 | major concentration in composition and literature; three credits | 
              
                | 1991 | in mathematics; three credits in natural science, two of which | 
              
                | 1992 | must have a laboratory component; three credits in social | 
              
                | 1993 | sciences; and two credits in the same second language as defined  | 
              
                | 1994 | in rules of the State Board of Education, including at least 2  | 
              
                | 1995 | credits of sequential foreign language at the secondary level or  | 
              
                | 1996 | the equivalent of such instruction at the postsecondary level. A | 
              
                | 1997 | student who completes a home education program according to s. | 
              
                | 1998 | 1002.41 is not required to document completion of the 18 19 | 
              
                | 1999 | credits required by this paragraph. A student whose native | 
              
                | 2000 | language is not English is exempt from the foreign language | 
              
                | 2001 | requirement, provided that the student demonstrates proficiency | 
              
                | 2002 | in the native language. If a standardized test is not available | 
              
                | 2003 | in the student's native language for the demonstration of | 
              
                | 2004 | proficiency, the university may provide an alternative method of | 
              
                | 2005 | assessment. The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for | 
              
                | 2006 | the articulation of foreign language competency and equivalency | 
              
                | 2007 | between secondary and postsecondary institutions. A student who | 
              
                | 2008 | received an associate in arts degree prior to September 1, 1989, | 
              
                | 2009 | or who enrolled in a program of studies leading to an associate | 
              
                | 2010 | degree from a community college prior to August 1, 1989, and | 
              
                | 2011 | maintains continuous enrollment shall be exempt from this | 
              
                | 2012 | admissions requirement. | 
              
                | 2013 | Section 23.  Section 1007.27, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 2014 | to read: | 
              
                | 2015 | 1007.27  Articulated acceleration mechanisms.-- | 
              
                | 2016 | (1)  It is the intent of the Legislature that a variety of | 
              
                | 2017 | articulated acceleration mechanisms be available for secondary | 
              
                | 2018 | and postsecondary students attending public educational | 
              
                | 2019 | institutions. It is intended that articulated acceleration serve | 
              
                | 2020 | to shorten the time necessary for a student to complete the | 
              
                | 2021 | requirements associated with the conference of a high school | 
              
                | 2022 | diploma and a postsecondary degree, broaden the scope of | 
              
                | 2023 | curricular options available to students, or increase the depth | 
              
                | 2024 | of study available for a particular subject. It is the intent of | 
              
                | 2025 | the Legislature that school districts and public postsecondary | 
              
                | 2026 | educational institutions maximize the opportunities for students | 
              
                | 2027 | to utilize the acceleration mechanisms identified in this | 
              
                | 2028 | section. Articulated acceleration mechanisms shall include, but | 
              
                | 2029 | are not belimited to, dual enrollment as provided for in s. | 
              
                | 2030 | 1007.271, early admission, advanced placement, credit by | 
              
                | 2031 | examination, the International Baccalaureate Program, and the | 
              
                | 2032 | Advanced International Certificate of Education Program. Credit | 
              
                | 2033 | earned through the Florida Virtual School shall provide | 
              
                | 2034 | additional opportunities for early graduation and acceleration. | 
              
                | 2035 | (2)  School districts and public postsecondary educational | 
              
                | 2036 | institutions shall annually advise students and their parents of | 
              
                | 2037 | the opportunities available to students to participate in the | 
              
                | 2038 | acceleration mechanisms identified in this section. | 
              
                | 2039 | (3) (2)The State BoardDepartmentof Education shall | 
              
                | 2040 | identify the minimum scores, maximum credit, and course or | 
              
                | 2041 | courses for which credit is to be awarded for each College Level | 
              
                | 2042 | Examination Program (CLEP) general examination, CLEP subject | 
              
                | 2043 | examination, College Board Advanced Placement Program | 
              
                | 2044 | examination, andInternational Baccalaureate examination, and | 
              
                | 2045 | Advanced International Certificate of Education examination. In | 
              
                | 2046 | addition, the State Board of Education departmentshall identify | 
              
                | 2047 | such courses in the general education core curriculum of each | 
              
                | 2048 | state university and community college. | 
              
                | 2049 | (4) (3)Each community college and state university must | 
              
                | 2050 | award credit for specific courses for which competency has been | 
              
                | 2051 | demonstrated by successful passage of one of the examinations in | 
              
                | 2052 | subsection (3) (2)unless the award of credit duplicates credit | 
              
                | 2053 | already awarded. Community colleges and state universities may | 
              
                | 2054 | not exempt students from courses without the award of credit if | 
              
                | 2055 | competencies have been so demonstrated. | 
              
                | 2056 | (5) (4)It is the intent of the Legislature to provide | 
              
                | 2057 | articulated acceleration mechanisms for students who are in home | 
              
                | 2058 | education programs, as defined in s. 1003.01(11), consistent | 
              
                | 2059 | with the educational opportunities available to public and | 
              
                | 2060 | private secondary school students. Home education students may | 
              
                | 2061 | participate in dual enrollment, career and technical dual | 
              
                | 2062 | enrollment, early admission, and credit by examination. Credit | 
              
                | 2063 | earned by home education students through dual enrollment shall | 
              
                | 2064 | apply toward the completion of a home education program that | 
              
                | 2065 | meets the requirements of s. 1002.41. | 
              
                | 2066 | (6) (5)Early admission isshall bea form of dual | 
              
                | 2067 | enrollment through which eligible secondary students enroll in a | 
              
                | 2068 | postsecondary institution on a full-time basis in courses that | 
              
                | 2069 | are creditable toward the high school diploma and the associate | 
              
                | 2070 | or baccalaureate degree. Students enrolled pursuant to this | 
              
                | 2071 | subsection shall be exempt from the payment of registration, | 
              
                | 2072 | tuition, and laboratory fees. | 
              
                | 2073 | (7) (6)Advanced placement isshall bethe enrollment of an | 
              
                | 2074 | eligible secondary student in a course offered through the | 
              
                | 2075 | Advanced Placement Program administered by the College Board. | 
              
                | 2076 | Postsecondary credit for an advanced placement course shall be | 
              
                | 2077 | limited to students who score a minimum of 3, on a 5-point | 
              
                | 2078 | scale, on the corresponding Advanced Placement Examination. The | 
              
                | 2079 | specific courses for which students receive such credit shall be | 
              
                | 2080 | determined by the State Board of Education department. Students | 
              
                | 2081 | of Florida public secondary schools enrolled pursuant to this | 
              
                | 2082 | subsection shall be exempt from the payment of any fees for | 
              
                | 2083 | administration of the examination regardless of whether or not | 
              
                | 2084 | the student achieves a passing score on the examination. | 
              
                | 2085 | (8) (7)Credit by examination isshall bethe program | 
              
                | 2086 | through which secondary and postsecondary students generate | 
              
                | 2087 | postsecondary credit based on the receipt of a specified minimum | 
              
                | 2088 | score on nationally standardized general or subject-area | 
              
                | 2089 | examinations. For the purpose of statewide application, such | 
              
                | 2090 | examinations and the corresponding minimum scores required for | 
              
                | 2091 | an award of credit shall be delineated by the State Board of | 
              
                | 2092 | Education in the statewide articulation agreement. The maximum | 
              
                | 2093 | credit generated by a student pursuant to this subsection shall | 
              
                | 2094 | be mitigated by any related postsecondary credit earned by the | 
              
                | 2095 | student prior to the administration of the examination.  This | 
              
                | 2096 | subsection shall not preclude community colleges and | 
              
                | 2097 | universities from awarding credit by examination based on | 
              
                | 2098 | student performance on examinations developed within and | 
              
                | 2099 | recognized by the individual postsecondary institutions. | 
              
                | 2100 | (9) (8)The International Baccalaureate Program isshall be | 
              
                | 2101 | the curriculum in which eligible secondary students are enrolled | 
              
                | 2102 | in a program of studies offered through the International | 
              
                | 2103 | Baccalaureate Program administered by the International | 
              
                | 2104 | Baccalaureate Office. The State Board of Education shall | 
              
                | 2105 | establish rules which specify the cutoff scores and | 
              
                | 2106 | International Baccalaureate Examinations which will be used to | 
              
                | 2107 | grant postsecondary credit at community colleges and | 
              
                | 2108 | universities. Any such rules that , whichhave the effect of | 
              
                | 2109 | raising the required cutoff score or of changing the | 
              
                | 2110 | International Baccalaureate Examinations which will be used to | 
              
                | 2111 | grant postsecondary credit ,shall only apply to students taking | 
              
                | 2112 | International Baccalaureate Examinations after such rules are | 
              
                | 2113 | adopted by the State Board of Education. Students shall be | 
              
                | 2114 | awarded a maximum of 30 semester credit hours pursuant to this | 
              
                | 2115 | subsection. The specific course for which a student receives | 
              
                | 2116 | such credit shall be determined by the State Board of Education | 
              
                | 2117 | department. Students enrolled pursuant to this subsection shall | 
              
                | 2118 | be exempt from the payment of any fees for administration of the | 
              
                | 2119 | examinations regardless of whether or not the student achieves a | 
              
                | 2120 | passing score on the examination. | 
              
                | 2121 | (10) (9)The Advanced International Certificate of | 
              
                | 2122 | Education Program is shall bethe curriculum in which eligible | 
              
                | 2123 | secondary students are enrolled in a program of studies offered | 
              
                | 2124 | through the Advanced International Certificate of Education | 
              
                | 2125 | program administered by the University of Cambridge Local | 
              
                | 2126 | Examinations Syndicate. The State Board of Education shall | 
              
                | 2127 | establish rules which specify the cutoff scores and Advanced | 
              
                | 2128 | International Certificate of Education examinations which will | 
              
                | 2129 | be used to grant postsecondary credit at community colleges and | 
              
                | 2130 | universities. Any such rules that , whichhave the effect of | 
              
                | 2131 | raising the required cutoff score or of changing the Advanced | 
              
                | 2132 | International Certification of Education examinations which will | 
              
                | 2133 | be used to grant postsecondary credit ,shall apply to students | 
              
                | 2134 | taking Advanced International Certificate of Education | 
              
                | 2135 | Examinations after such rules are adopted by the State Board of | 
              
                | 2136 | Education. Students shall be awarded a maximum of 30 semester | 
              
                | 2137 | credit hours pursuant to this subsection. The specific course | 
              
                | 2138 | for which a student receives such credit shall be determined by | 
              
                | 2139 | the State Board of Education community college or university  | 
              
                | 2140 | that accepts the student for admission. Students enrolled | 
              
                | 2141 | pursuant to this subsection shall be exempt from the payment of | 
              
                | 2142 | any fees for administration of the examinations regardless of | 
              
                | 2143 | whether or not the student achieves a passing score on the | 
              
                | 2144 | examination. | 
              
                | 2145 | (11) (10)Any student who earns 9 or more credits from one | 
              
                | 2146 | or more of the acceleration mechanisms provided for in this | 
              
                | 2147 | section is exempt from any requirement of a public postsecondary | 
              
                | 2148 | educational institution mandating enrollment during a summer | 
              
                | 2149 | term. | 
              
                | 2150 | (12)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules pursuant | 
              
                | 2151 | to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to implement the provisions of this | 
              
                | 2152 | section. | 
              
                | 2153 | Section 24.  Acceleration mechanisms study.-- | 
              
                | 2154 | (1)  The State Board of Education shall conduct a review of | 
              
                | 2155 | the extent to which the acceleration mechanisms authorized by s. | 
              
                | 2156 | 1007.27, Florida Statutes, are currently utilized by school | 
              
                | 2157 | districts, community colleges, and state universities and shall | 
              
                | 2158 | submit a report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, | 
              
                | 2159 | and the Speaker of the House of Representatives by December 31, | 
              
                | 2160 | 2003. | 
              
                | 2161 | (2)  The report must include a summary of ongoing | 
              
                | 2162 | activities and a plan to increase and enhance the use of | 
              
                | 2163 | acceleration mechanisms as a way to shorten the length of time | 
              
                | 2164 | as well as the funding required for a student to obtain a | 
              
                | 2165 | postsecondary degree. | 
              
                | 2166 | (3)  The review and plan shall address at least the | 
              
                | 2167 | following issues: | 
              
                | 2168 | (a)  The manner in which students are advised regarding the | 
              
                | 2169 | availability of acceleration mechanism options. | 
              
                | 2170 | (b)  The availability of acceleration mechanism options to | 
              
                | 2171 | eligible students who wish to participate. | 
              
                | 2172 | (c)  The grading practices, including weighting of courses, | 
              
                | 2173 | of school districts, community colleges, and state universities | 
              
                | 2174 | with regard to credit earned through acceleration mechanisms. | 
              
                | 2175 | (d)  The extent to which credit earned through an | 
              
                | 2176 | acceleration mechanism is used to meet the general education | 
              
                | 2177 | requirements of a public postsecondary educational institution. | 
              
                | 2178 | (e)  The extent to which the secondary instruction | 
              
                | 2179 | associated with acceleration mechanism options could be offered | 
              
                | 2180 | at sites other than public K-12 school sites to assist in | 
              
                | 2181 | meeting class size reduction needs. | 
              
                | 2182 | (f)  The manner in which funding for instruction associated | 
              
                | 2183 | with acceleration mechanism options is provided. | 
              
                | 2184 | (g)  The feasibility of providing students the option of | 
              
                | 2185 | choosing Advanced Placement credit or College Level Examination | 
              
                | 2186 | Program (CLEP) credit as an alternative to dual enrollment | 
              
                | 2187 | credit upon completion of a dual enrollment course. | 
              
                | 2188 | Section 25.  Section 1003.62, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 2189 | to read: | 
              
                | 2190 | 1003.62  Academic performance-basedcharter school | 
              
                | 2191 | districts pilot program.--The State Board of Education mayis  | 
              
                | 2192 | authorized toenter into a performance contract withup to six | 
              
                | 2193 | district school boards as authorized in this sectionfor the | 
              
                | 2194 | purpose of establishing them as academic performance-based | 
              
                | 2195 | charter school districts. The State Board of Education shall  | 
              
                | 2196 | give priority to Hillsborough and Volusia Counties upon the  | 
              
                | 2197 | submission of a completed precharter agreement or charter  | 
              
                | 2198 | proposal for a charter school district.The purpose of this | 
              
                | 2199 | section pilot programis to examine a new relationship between | 
              
                | 2200 | the State Board of Education and district school boards that | 
              
                | 2201 | will mayproduce significant improvements in student achievement | 
              
                | 2202 | and school management, while complying with constitutional and | 
              
                | 2203 | statutoryrequirements assigned to each entity. | 
              
                | 2204 | (1)  ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE-BASED CHARTER SCHOOLDISTRICT.-- | 
              
                | 2205 | (a)  A school district shall be eligible for designation as | 
              
                | 2206 | an academic performance-based charter school district if it is a | 
              
                | 2207 | high-performing school district in which a minimum of 50 percent | 
              
                | 2208 | of the schools earn a performance grade category "A" or "B" and | 
              
                | 2209 | in which no school earns a performance grade category "D" or "F" | 
              
                | 2210 | for 2 consecutive years pursuant to s. 1008.34. Schools that | 
              
                | 2211 | receive a performance grade category "I" or "N" shall not be | 
              
                | 2212 | included in this calculation. The performance contract for a | 
              
                | 2213 | school district that earns a charter based on school performance | 
              
                | 2214 | grades shall be predicated on maintenance of at least 50 percent | 
              
                | 2215 | of the schools in the school district earning a performance | 
              
                | 2216 | grade category "A" or "B" with no school in the school district | 
              
                | 2217 | earning a performance grade category "D" or "F" for 2 | 
              
                | 2218 | consecutive years. A school district in which the number of | 
              
                | 2219 | schools that earn a performance grade of “A” or “B” is less than | 
              
                | 2220 | 50 percent may have its charter renewed for 1 year; however, if | 
              
                | 2221 | the percentage of “A” or “B” schools is less than 50 percent for | 
              
                | 2222 | 2 consecutive years, the charter shall not be renewed. | 
              
                | 2223 | (b)  A school district that satisfies the eligibility | 
              
                | 2224 | criteria for designation as an academic performance-based | 
              
                | 2225 | charter school district may be so designated upon a | 
              
                | 2226 | supermajority vote by in Florida in whichthe district school | 
              
                | 2227 | board after having hassubmitted and the State Board of | 
              
                | 2228 | Education having hasapproved a charter proposal that exchanges | 
              
                | 2229 | statutory and rule exemption, as authorized by this section,for | 
              
                | 2230 | agreement to meet performance goals in the proposal. The | 
              
                | 2231 | academic performance-based charter school district shall be | 
              
                | 2232 | chartered for 1 year 3 years, at the end of which the | 
              
                | 2233 | performance shall be evaluated. If maintenance of high- | 
              
                | 2234 | performing school district status pursuant to paragraph (a) is | 
              
                | 2235 | not documented in accordance with State Board of  Education | 
              
                | 2236 | rule, the charter shall not be renewed. | 
              
                | 2237 | (2)  EXEMPTION FROM STATUTES AND RULES.--  | 
              
                | 2238 | (a)  An academic performance-based charter school district | 
              
                | 2239 | shall operate in accordance with its charter and shall be exempt | 
              
                | 2240 | from certain State Board of Education rules and statutes if the | 
              
                | 2241 | State Board of Education determines such an exemption will | 
              
                | 2242 | assist the district in maintaining or improving its | 
              
                | 2243 | high-performing status pursuant to paragraph (1)(a). However, | 
              
                | 2244 | the State Board of Education may not exempt an academic | 
              
                | 2245 | performance-based charter school district from any of the | 
              
                | 2246 | following statutes: | 
              
                | 2247 | 1.  Those statutes pertaining to the provision of services | 
              
                | 2248 | to students with disabilities. | 
              
                | 2249 | 2.  Those statutes pertaining to civil rights, including s. | 
              
                | 2250 | 1000.05, relating to discrimination. | 
              
                | 2251 | 3.  Those statutes pertaining to student health, safety, | 
              
                | 2252 | and welfare. | 
              
                | 2253 | 4.  Those statutes governing the election or compensation | 
              
                | 2254 | of district school board members. | 
              
                | 2255 | 5.  Those statutes pertaining to the student assessment | 
              
                | 2256 | program and the school grading system, including chapter 1008. | 
              
                | 2257 | 6.  Those statutes pertaining to financial matters, | 
              
                | 2258 | including chapter 1010. | 
              
                | 2259 | 7.  Those statutes pertaining to planning and budgeting, | 
              
                | 2260 | including chapter 1011, except that ss. 1011.64 and 1011.69 | 
              
                | 2261 | shall be eligible for exemption. | 
              
                | 2262 | 8.  Sections 1012.22(1)(c) and 1012.27(2), relating to | 
              
                | 2263 | performance-pay policies for school administrators and | 
              
                | 2264 | instructional personnel. Professional service contracts shall be | 
              
                | 2265 | subject to the provisions of ss. 1012.33 and 1012.34. | 
              
                | 2266 | 9.  Those statutes pertaining to educational facilities, | 
              
                | 2267 | including chapter 1013, except as specified under contract with | 
              
                | 2268 | the State Board of Education. However, no contractual provision | 
              
                | 2269 | that could have the effect of requiring the appropriation of | 
              
                | 2270 | additional capital outlay funds to the academic performance- | 
              
                | 2271 | based charter school district shall be valid. | 
              
                | 2272 | (b)  Additionally, an academic performance-based charter | 
              
                | 2273 | school district shall be in compliance with the following | 
              
                | 2274 | statutes: | 
              
                | 2275 | 1.  Section 286.011, relating to public meetings and | 
              
                | 2276 | records, public inspection, and criminal and civil penalties. | 
              
                | 2277 | 2.  Those statutes pertaining to public records, including | 
              
                | 2278 | chapter 119. | 
              
                | 2279 | 3.  Those statutes pertaining to financial disclosure by | 
              
                | 2280 | elected officials. | 
              
                | 2281 | 4.  Those statutes pertaining to conflicts of interest by | 
              
                | 2282 | elected officials. Charter school districts shall be exempt from  | 
              
                | 2283 | state statutes and specified State Board of Education rules. The  | 
              
                | 2284 | district school board of a charter school district shall not be  | 
              
                | 2285 | exempt from any statute governing election of district school  | 
              
                | 2286 | board members, public meetings and public records requirements,  | 
              
                | 2287 | financial disclosure, conflicts of interest, operation in the  | 
              
                | 2288 | sunshine, or any provisions outside the Florida K-20 Education  | 
              
                | 2289 | Code. | 
              
                | 2290 | (3)  GOVERNING BOARD.--The governing board of the academic | 
              
                | 2291 | performance-basedcharter school district shall be the duly | 
              
                | 2292 | elected district school board. The district school board shall | 
              
                | 2293 | be responsible for supervising the schools in the academic | 
              
                | 2294 | performance-based charter school district and may convert is  | 
              
                | 2295 | authorized to chartereach of its existing public schools to | 
              
                | 2296 | charter schools pursuant to s. 1002.33 , apply for deregulation  | 
              
                | 2297 | of its public schools pursuant to s. 1003.63,or otherwise | 
              
                | 2298 | establish performance-based contractual relationships with its | 
              
                | 2299 | public schools for the purpose of giving them greater autonomy | 
              
                | 2300 | with accountability for performance. | 
              
                | 2301 | (4)  PRECHARTER AGREEMENT.--The State Board of Education | 
              
                | 2302 | may is authorized toapprove a precharter agreement that grants | 
              
                | 2303 | with a potential charter district. The agreement may grant | 
              
                | 2304 | limited flexibility and direction for developing the full | 
              
                | 2305 | academic performance-basedcharter proposal. | 
              
                | 2306 | (5)  ANNUAL REPORT BY CHARTER SCHOOL DISTRICT.--Each school | 
              
                | 2307 | district chartered pursuant to this section shall transmit an | 
              
                | 2308 | annual report to the State Board of Education that delineates | 
              
                | 2309 | the performance of the school district relative to the | 
              
                | 2310 | performance goals contained in the charter agreement. The annual | 
              
                | 2311 | report shall be transmitted to the Commissioner of Education and | 
              
                | 2312 | shall be due each year on the anniversary date of the charter | 
              
                | 2313 | agreement. | 
              
                | 2314 | (5)  TIME PERIOD FOR PILOT.--The pilot program shall be  | 
              
                | 2315 | authorized for a period of 3 full school years commencing with  | 
              
                | 2316 | award of a charter. The charter may be renewed upon action of  | 
              
                | 2317 | the State Board of Education.
 | 
              
                | 2318 | (6)  REPORTS.--The State Board of Education shall annually | 
              
                | 2319 | report on the performance of each academic performance-based | 
              
                | 2320 | implementation of thecharter school districtpilot program. | 
              
                | 2321 | Biennially Upon the completion of the first 3-year term, the | 
              
                | 2322 | State Board of Education, through the Commissioner of Education, | 
              
                | 2323 | shall submit to the Legislature a full evaluation of the | 
              
                | 2324 | effectiveness of granting academic performance-based charter | 
              
                | 2325 | school district status the program. | 
              
                | 2326 | (7)  PILOT PROGRAM CHARTER SCHOOL DISTRICTS; GRANDFATHER | 
              
                | 2327 | PROVISION.--The State Board of Education shall use the criteria | 
              
                | 2328 | approved in the initial charter applications issued to the | 
              
                | 2329 | school districts of Volusia, Hillsborough, Orange, and Palm | 
              
                | 2330 | Beach Counties to renew those pilot program charter school | 
              
                | 2331 | districts in accordance with this subsection. No additional | 
              
                | 2332 | pilot program charter school districts shall be approved, and | 
              
                | 2333 | the pilot program consists solely of school districts in | 
              
                | 2334 | Volusia, Hillsborough, Orange, and Palm Beach Counties. The | 
              
                | 2335 | termination of the charter school districts pilot program is | 
              
                | 2336 | effective July 1, 2007, or upon the end of a 5-year renewal | 
              
                | 2337 | contract issued by the State Board of Education to the Volusia | 
              
                | 2338 | County, Hillsborough County, Orange County, or Palm Beach County | 
              
                | 2339 | school district prior to July 1, 2003, whichever is later. | 
              
                | 2340 | (8) (7)RULEMAKING.--The State Board of Education may adopt | 
              
                | 2341 | shall have the authority to enactrules to implement this | 
              
                | 2342 | section in accordance with ss. 120.536 and 120.54. | 
              
                | 2343 | Section 26.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (5) of section | 
              
                | 2344 | 1011.62, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 2345 | 1011.62  Funds for operation of schools.--If the annual | 
              
                | 2346 | allocation from the Florida Education Finance Program to each | 
              
                | 2347 | district for operation of schools is not determined in the | 
              
                | 2348 | annual appropriations act or the substantive bill implementing | 
              
                | 2349 | the annual appropriations act, it shall be determined as | 
              
                | 2350 | follows: | 
              
                | 2351 | (5)  CATEGORICAL FUNDS.-- | 
              
                | 2352 | (b) For fiscal year 2002-2003,If a district school board | 
              
                | 2353 | finds and declares in a resolution adopted at a regular meeting | 
              
                | 2354 | of the school board that the funds received for any of the | 
              
                | 2355 | following categorical appropriations are urgently needed to | 
              
                | 2356 | maintain school board specified academic classroom instruction, | 
              
                | 2357 | the school board may consider and approve an amendment to the | 
              
                | 2358 | school district operating budget transferring the identified | 
              
                | 2359 | amount of the categorical funds to the appropriate account for | 
              
                | 2360 | expenditure: | 
              
                | 2361 | 1.  Funds for student transportation. | 
              
                | 2362 | 2.  Funds for in-service educational personnel training. | 
              
                | 2363 | 3.  Funds for safe schools. | 
              
                | 2364 | 4.  Funds for public school technology. | 
              
                | 2365 | 5.  Funds for teacher recruitment and retention.
 | 
              
                | 2366 | 5. 6.Funds for supplemental academic instruction. | 
              
                | 2367 |  | 
              
                | 2368 | Prior to adopting the resolution required by this paragraph, the | 
              
                | 2369 | district school board must advertise in a newspaper of general | 
              
                | 2370 | circulation in the school district its intent to pass such | 
              
                | 2371 | resolution and must provide in such advertisement the purpose | 
              
                | 2372 | for which the funds were appropriated, the alternative purpose | 
              
                | 2373 | for which the funds will be used, and the basis for finding a | 
              
                | 2374 | necessity for the reallocation of such funds. In reporting its | 
              
                | 2375 | expenditures under s. 1010.20, with respect to a school | 
              
                | 2376 | district’s discretionary spending authority exercised under this | 
              
                | 2377 | subsection, the district school board shall report on a school- | 
              
                | 2378 | by-school basis and a district-aggregated basis how all funds, | 
              
                | 2379 | including federal funds, allocated to the school district for | 
              
                | 2380 | formula-funded categorical programs were expended. | 
              
                | 2381 | Section 27.  Section 1011.68, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 2382 | to read: | 
              
                | 2383 | 1011.68  Funds for student transportation.--The annual | 
              
                | 2384 | allocation to each district for transportation to public school | 
              
                | 2385 | programs, including charter schools as provided in s. | 
              
                | 2386 | 1002.33(17) (18)(b), of students in membership in kindergarten | 
              
                | 2387 | through grade 12 and in migrant and exceptional student programs | 
              
                | 2388 | below kindergarten shall be determined as follows: | 
              
                | 2389 | (1)  Subject to the rules of the State Board of Education, | 
              
                | 2390 | each district shall determine the membership of students who are | 
              
                | 2391 | transported: | 
              
                | 2392 | (a)  By reason of living 2 miles or more from school. | 
              
                | 2393 | (b)  By reason of being students with disabilities or | 
              
                | 2394 | enrolled in a teenage parent program, regardless of distance to | 
              
                | 2395 | school. | 
              
                | 2396 | (c)  By reason of being in a state prekindergarten program, | 
              
                | 2397 | regardless of distance from school. | 
              
                | 2398 | (d)  By reason of being career and technical, dual | 
              
                | 2399 | enrollment, or students with disabilities transported from one | 
              
                | 2400 | school center to another to participate in an instructional | 
              
                | 2401 | program or service; or students with disabilities, transported | 
              
                | 2402 | from one designation to another in the state, provided one | 
              
                | 2403 | designation is a school center and provided the student's | 
              
                | 2404 | individual educational plan (IEP) identifies the need for the | 
              
                | 2405 | instructional program or service and transportation to be | 
              
                | 2406 | provided by the school district. A "school center" is defined as | 
              
                | 2407 | a public school center, community college, state university, or | 
              
                | 2408 | other facility rented, leased, or owned and operated by the | 
              
                | 2409 | school district or another public agency. A "dual enrollment | 
              
                | 2410 | student" is defined as a public school student in membership in | 
              
                | 2411 | both a public secondary school program and a community college | 
              
                | 2412 | or a state university program under a written agreement to | 
              
                | 2413 | partially fulfill ss. 1003.435 and 1007.23 and earning full-time | 
              
                | 2414 | equivalent membership under s. 1011.62(1)(i). | 
              
                | 2415 | (e)  With respect to elementary school students whose grade | 
              
                | 2416 | level does not exceed grade 6, by reason of being subjected to | 
              
                | 2417 | hazardous walking conditions en route to or from school as | 
              
                | 2418 | provided in s. 1006.23. Such rules shall, when appropriate, | 
              
                | 2419 | provide for the determination of membership under this paragraph | 
              
                | 2420 | for less than 1 year to accommodate the needs of students who | 
              
                | 2421 | require transportation only until such hazardous conditions are | 
              
                | 2422 | corrected. | 
              
                | 2423 | (f)  By reason of being a pregnant student or student | 
              
                | 2424 | parent, and the child of a student parent as provided in s. | 
              
                | 2425 | 1003.54, regardless of distance from school. | 
              
                | 2426 | (2)  The allocation for each district shall be calculated | 
              
                | 2427 | annually in accordance with the following formula: | 
              
                | 2428 |  | 
              
                | 2429 | T = B + EX. The elements of this formula are defined as follows: | 
              
                | 2430 | T is the total dollar allocation for transportation. B is the | 
              
                | 2431 | base transportation dollar allocation prorated by an adjusted | 
              
                | 2432 | student membership count. The adjusted membership count shall be | 
              
                | 2433 | derived from a multiplicative index function in which the base | 
              
                | 2434 | student membership is adjusted by multiplying it by index | 
              
                | 2435 | numbers that individually account for the impact of the price | 
              
                | 2436 | level index, average bus occupancy, and the extent of rural | 
              
                | 2437 | population in the district. EX is the base transportation dollar | 
              
                | 2438 | allocation for disabled students prorated by an adjusted | 
              
                | 2439 | disabled student membership count. The base transportation | 
              
                | 2440 | dollar allocation for disabled students is the total state base | 
              
                | 2441 | disabled student membership count weighted for increased costs | 
              
                | 2442 | associated with transporting disabled students and multiplying | 
              
                | 2443 | it by the prior year's average per student cost for | 
              
                | 2444 | transportation. The adjusted disabled student membership count | 
              
                | 2445 | shall be derived from a multiplicative index function in which | 
              
                | 2446 | the weighted base disabled student membership is adjusted by | 
              
                | 2447 | multiplying it by index numbers that individually account for | 
              
                | 2448 | the impact of the price level index, average bus occupancy, and | 
              
                | 2449 | the extent of rural population in the district. Each adjustment | 
              
                | 2450 | factor shall be designed to affect the base allocation by no | 
              
                | 2451 | more or less than 10 percent. | 
              
                | 2452 | (3)  The total allocation to each district for | 
              
                | 2453 | transportation of students shall be the sum of the amounts | 
              
                | 2454 | determined in subsection (2). If the funds appropriated for the | 
              
                | 2455 | purpose of implementing this section are not sufficient to pay | 
              
                | 2456 | the base transportation allocation and the base transportation | 
              
                | 2457 | allocation for disabled students, the Department of Education | 
              
                | 2458 | shall prorate the available funds on a percentage basis. If the | 
              
                | 2459 | funds appropriated for the purpose of implementing this section | 
              
                | 2460 | exceed the sum of the base transportation allocation and the | 
              
                | 2461 | base transportation allocation for disabled students, the base | 
              
                | 2462 | transportation allocation for disabled students shall be limited | 
              
                | 2463 | to the amount calculated in subsection (2), and the remaining | 
              
                | 2464 | balance shall be added to the base transportation allocation. | 
              
                | 2465 | (4)  No district shall use funds to purchase transportation | 
              
                | 2466 | equipment and supplies at prices which exceed those determined | 
              
                | 2467 | by the department to be the lowest which can be obtained, as | 
              
                | 2468 | prescribed in s. 1006.27(1). | 
              
                | 2469 | (5)  Funds allocated or apportioned for the payment of | 
              
                | 2470 | student transportation services may be used to pay for | 
              
                | 2471 | transportation of students to and from school on local general | 
              
                | 2472 | purpose transportation systems. Student transportation funds may | 
              
                | 2473 | also be used to pay for transportation of students to and from | 
              
                | 2474 | school in private passenger cars and boats when the | 
              
                | 2475 | transportation is for isolated students, or students with | 
              
                | 2476 | disabilities as defined by rule. Subject to the rules of the | 
              
                | 2477 | State Board of Education, each school district shall determine | 
              
                | 2478 | and report the number of assigned students using general purpose | 
              
                | 2479 | transportation private passenger cars and boats. The allocation | 
              
                | 2480 | per student must be equal to the allocation per student riding a | 
              
                | 2481 | school bus. | 
              
                | 2482 | (6)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this section, in | 
              
                | 2483 | no case shall any student or students be counted for | 
              
                | 2484 | transportation funding more than once per day. This provision | 
              
                | 2485 | includes counting students for funding pursuant to trips in | 
              
                | 2486 | school buses, passenger cars, or boats or general purpose | 
              
                | 2487 | transportation. | 
              
                | 2488 | (7)  Any funds received by a school district under this | 
              
                | 2489 | section that are not required to transport students may, at the | 
              
                | 2490 | discretion of the district school board, be transferred to the | 
              
                | 2491 | district's Florida Education Finance Program. | 
              
                | 2492 | Section 28.  Subsections (2), (4), and (5) of section | 
              
                | 2493 | 1011.69, Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 2494 | 1011.69  Equity in School-Level Funding Act.-- | 
              
                | 2495 | (2) (a)  Beginning in the 2000-2001 fiscal year, district  | 
              
                | 2496 | school boards shall allocate to each school within the district  | 
              
                | 2497 | at least 50 percent of the funds generated by that school based  | 
              
                | 2498 | upon the Florida Education Finance Program as provided in s.  | 
              
                | 2499 | 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, including gross  | 
              
                | 2500 | state and local funds, discretionary lottery funds, and funds  | 
              
                | 2501 | from the school district's current operating discretionary  | 
              
                | 2502 | millage levy.
 | 
              
                | 2503 | (b)  Beginning in the 2001-2002 fiscal year, district  | 
              
                | 2504 | school boards shall allocate to each school within the district  | 
              
                | 2505 | at least 65 percent of the funds generated by that school based  | 
              
                | 2506 | upon the Florida Education Finance Program as provided in s.  | 
              
                | 2507 | 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, including gross  | 
              
                | 2508 | state and local funds, discretionary lottery funds, and funds  | 
              
                | 2509 | from the school district's current operating discretionary  | 
              
                | 2510 | millage levy.
 | 
              
                | 2511 | (c)  Beginning in the 2002-2003 fiscal year, district  | 
              
                | 2512 | school boards shall allocate to each school within the district  | 
              
                | 2513 | at least 80 percent of the funds generated by that school based  | 
              
                | 2514 | upon the Florida Education Finance Program as provided in s.  | 
              
                | 2515 | 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, including gross  | 
              
                | 2516 | state and local funds, discretionary lottery funds, and funds  | 
              
                | 2517 | from the school district's current operating discretionary  | 
              
                | 2518 | millage levy.
 | 
              
                | 2519 | (d)Beginning in the 2003-2004 fiscal year, district | 
              
                | 2520 | school boards shall allocate to schools each schoolwithin the | 
              
                | 2521 | district an average of at least90 percent of the funds | 
              
                | 2522 | generated by all schools and guarantee that each school receives | 
              
                | 2523 | at least 80 percent of the funds generated bythat school based | 
              
                | 2524 | upon the Florida Education Finance Program as provided in s. | 
              
                | 2525 | 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, including gross | 
              
                | 2526 | state and local funds, discretionary lottery funds, and funds | 
              
                | 2527 | from the school district's current operating discretionary | 
              
                | 2528 | millage levy. Total funding for each school shall be | 
              
                | 2529 | recalculated during the year to reflect the revised calculations | 
              
                | 2530 | under the Florida Education Finance Program by the state and the | 
              
                | 2531 | actual weighted full-time equivalent students reported by the | 
              
                | 2532 | school during the full-time equivalent student survey periods | 
              
                | 2533 | designated by the Commissioner of Education. If the district | 
              
                | 2534 | school board is providing programs or services to students | 
              
                | 2535 | funded by federal funds, any eligible students enrolled in the | 
              
                | 2536 | schools in the district shall be provided federal funds. Only | 
              
                | 2537 | academic performance-based charter school thosedistrictsthat  | 
              
                | 2538 | initially applied for charter school district status, pursuant | 
              
                | 2539 | to s. 1003.62, and have been approved by the State Board of  | 
              
                | 2540 | Educationare exempt from the provisions of this section. | 
              
                | 2541 | (4)  The following funds are excluded from the school-level | 
              
                | 2542 | allocation under this section: Recommendations made by the  | 
              
                | 2543 | Governor's Equity in Educational Opportunity Task Force shall be  | 
              
                | 2544 | reviewed to identify potential categorical funds to be included  | 
              
                | 2545 | in the district allocation methodology required in subsection  | 
              
                | 2546 | (2).
 | 
              
                | 2547 | (a) (5)Funds appropriated in the General Appropriations | 
              
                | 2548 | Act for supplemental academic instruction to be used for the | 
              
                | 2549 | purposes described in s. 1011.62(1)(f) are excluded from the  | 
              
                | 2550 | school-level allocation under this section. | 
              
                | 2551 | (b)  Funds appropriated in the General Appropriations Act | 
              
                | 2552 | for the class size reduction operating categorical fund | 
              
                | 2553 | established in s. 1011.685. | 
              
                | 2554 | Section 29.  Subsections (1) through (6) of section | 
              
                | 2555 | 1012.56, Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 2556 | 1012.56  Educator certification requirements.-- | 
              
                | 2557 | (1)  APPLICATION.--Each person seeking certification | 
              
                | 2558 | pursuant to this chapter shall submit a completed application | 
              
                | 2559 | containing the applicant's social security number to the | 
              
                | 2560 | Department of Education and remit the fee required pursuant to | 
              
                | 2561 | s. 1012.59 and rules of the State Board of Education. Pursuant | 
              
                | 2562 | to the federal Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity | 
              
                | 2563 | Reconciliation Act of 1996, each party is required to provide | 
              
                | 2564 | his or her social security number in accordance with this | 
              
                | 2565 | section. Disclosure of social security numbers obtained through | 
              
                | 2566 | this requirement is shall belimited to the purpose of | 
              
                | 2567 | administration of the Title IV-D program of the Social Security | 
              
                | 2568 | Act for child support enforcement. Pursuant to s. 120.60, the | 
              
                | 2569 | department shall issue within 90 calendar days after the stamped | 
              
                | 2570 | receipted date of the completed application: | 
              
                | 2571 | (a)  A certificate covering the classification, level, and | 
              
                | 2572 | area for which the applicant is deemed qualified; or | 
              
                | 2573 | (b)  An official statement of status of eligibility. The | 
              
                | 2574 | statement of status of eligibility must advise the applicant of | 
              
                | 2575 | any qualifications that must be completed to qualify for | 
              
                | 2576 | certification. Each statement of status of eligibility is valid | 
              
                | 2577 | for 3 2years after its date of issuance, except as provided in | 
              
                | 2578 | paragraph (2)(d). A statement of status of eligibility may be  | 
              
                | 2579 | reissued for one additional 2-year period if application is made  | 
              
                | 2580 | while the initial statement of status of eligibility is valid or  | 
              
                | 2581 | within 1 year after the initial statement expires, and if the  | 
              
                | 2582 | certification subject area is authorized to be issued by the  | 
              
                | 2583 | state board at the time the application requesting a reissued  | 
              
                | 2584 | statement of status of eligibility is received. | 
              
                | 2585 | (2)  ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA.--To be eligible to seek | 
              
                | 2586 | certification pursuant to this chapter, a person must: | 
              
                | 2587 | (a)  Be at least 18 years of age. | 
              
                | 2588 | (b)  File a written statement, under oath, that the | 
              
                | 2589 | applicant subscribes to and will uphold the principles | 
              
                | 2590 | incorporated in the Constitution of the United States and the | 
              
                | 2591 | Constitution of the State of Florida. | 
              
                | 2592 | (c)  Document receipt of a bachelor's or higher degree from | 
              
                | 2593 | an accredited institution of higher learning, or any a  | 
              
                | 2594 | nonaccreditedinstitution of higher learning otherwise approved | 
              
                | 2595 | pursuant to State Board of Education rule that the Department of  | 
              
                | 2596 | Education has identified as having a quality program resulting  | 
              
                | 2597 | in a bachelor's degree, or higher. Each applicant seeking | 
              
                | 2598 | initial certification must have attained at least a 2.5 overall | 
              
                | 2599 | grade point average on a 4.0 scale in the applicant's major | 
              
                | 2600 | field of study. The applicant may document the required | 
              
                | 2601 | education by submitting official transcripts from institutions | 
              
                | 2602 | of higher education or by authorizing the direct submission of | 
              
                | 2603 | such official transcripts through established electronic network | 
              
                | 2604 | systems. The bachelor's or higher degree may not be required in | 
              
                | 2605 | areas approved in rule by the State Board of Education as | 
              
                | 2606 | nondegreed areas. | 
              
                | 2607 | (d)  Submit to a fingerprint check from the Department of | 
              
                | 2608 | Law Enforcement and the Federal Bureau of Investigation pursuant | 
              
                | 2609 | to s. 1012.32. If the fingerprint reports indicate a criminal | 
              
                | 2610 | history or if the applicant acknowledges a criminal history, the | 
              
                | 2611 | applicant's records shall be referred to the Bureau of Educator | 
              
                | 2612 | Standards for review and determination of eligibility for | 
              
                | 2613 | certification. If the applicant fails to provide the necessary | 
              
                | 2614 | documentation requested by the Bureau of Educator Standards | 
              
                | 2615 | within 90 days after the date of the receipt of the certified | 
              
                | 2616 | mail request, the statement of eligibility and pending | 
              
                | 2617 | application shall become invalid. | 
              
                | 2618 | (e)  Be of good moral character. | 
              
                | 2619 | (f)  Be competent and capable of performing the duties, | 
              
                | 2620 | functions, and responsibilities of an educator. | 
              
                | 2621 | (g)  Demonstrate mastery of general knowledge, pursuant to | 
              
                | 2622 | subsection (3). | 
              
                | 2623 | (h)  Demonstrate mastery of subject area knowledge, | 
              
                | 2624 | pursuant to subsection (4). | 
              
                | 2625 | (i)  Demonstrate mastery of professional preparation and | 
              
                | 2626 | education competence, pursuant to subsection (5). | 
              
                | 2627 | (3)  MASTERY OF GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.--Acceptable means of | 
              
                | 2628 | demonstrating mastery of general knowledge are: | 
              
                | 2629 | (a)  Achievement of passing scores on basic skills | 
              
                | 2630 | examination required by state board rule; | 
              
                | 2631 | (b)  Achievement of passing scores on the College Level | 
              
                | 2632 | Academic Skills Test earned prior to July 1, 2002; | 
              
                | 2633 | (c)  A valid professionalstandard teaching certificate | 
              
                | 2634 | issued by another state that requires an examination of mastery  | 
              
                | 2635 | of general knowledge; | 
              
                | 2636 | (d)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by  | 
              
                | 2637 | another state andvalid certificate issued by the National Board | 
              
                | 2638 | for Professional Teaching Standards or other such nationally | 
              
                | 2639 | recognized organization as determined by the State Board of | 
              
                | 2640 | Education; or | 
              
                | 2641 | (e)  Documentation of two semesters of successful teaching | 
              
                | 2642 | in a community college, state university, or private college or | 
              
                | 2643 | university that awards an associate or higher degree and is an | 
              
                | 2644 | accredited institution or an institution of higher education | 
              
                | 2645 | otherwise approved pursuant to State Board of Education rule; or | 
              
                | 2646 | (f) (e)A validstandardteaching certificate issued by | 
              
                | 2647 | another state and documentation of 1 year 2 yearsofcontinuous | 
              
                | 2648 | successful full-timeteachingor administrativeexperience | 
              
                | 2649 | during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of  | 
              
                | 2650 | application for certification. | 
              
                | 2651 | (4)  MASTERY OF SUBJECT AREA KNOWLEDGE.--Acceptable means | 
              
                | 2652 | of demonstrating mastery of subject area knowledge are: | 
              
                | 2653 | (a)  Achievement of passing scores on subject area | 
              
                | 2654 | examinations required by state board rule; | 
              
                | 2655 | (b)  Completion of the subject area specialization | 
              
                | 2656 | requirements specified in state board rule and verification of | 
              
                | 2657 | the attainment of the essential subject matter competencies by | 
              
                | 2658 | the district school superintendent of the employing school | 
              
                | 2659 | district or chief administrative officer of the employing state- | 
              
                | 2660 | supported or private school for a subject area for which a | 
              
                | 2661 | subject area examination has not been developed and required by | 
              
                | 2662 | state board rule; | 
              
                | 2663 | (c)  Completion of the graduate levelsubject area | 
              
                | 2664 | specialization requirements specified in state board rule for a | 
              
                | 2665 | subject coverage requiring a master's or higher degree and | 
              
                | 2666 | achievement of a passing score on the subject area examination | 
              
                | 2667 | specified in state board rule; | 
              
                | 2668 | (d)  A valid professionalstandard teaching certificate | 
              
                | 2669 | issued by another state that requires an examination of mastery  | 
              
                | 2670 | of subject area knowledge; | 
              
                | 2671 | (e)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by  | 
              
                | 2672 | another state andvalid certificate issued by the National Board | 
              
                | 2673 | for Professional Teaching Standards or other such nationally | 
              
                | 2674 | recognized organization as determined by the State Board of | 
              
                | 2675 | Education; or | 
              
                | 2676 | (f)  A valid standardteaching certificate issued by | 
              
                | 2677 | another state and documentation of 1 year 2 yearsofcontinuous | 
              
                | 2678 | successful full-timeteachingor administrativeexperience | 
              
                | 2679 | during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of  | 
              
                | 2680 | application for certification. | 
              
                | 2681 | (5)  MASTERY OF PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION AND EDUCATION | 
              
                | 2682 | COMPETENCE.--Acceptable means of demonstrating mastery of | 
              
                | 2683 | professional preparation and education competence are: | 
              
                | 2684 | (a)  Completion of an approved teacher preparation program | 
              
                | 2685 | at a postsecondary educational institution within this state and | 
              
                | 2686 | achievement of a passing score on the professional education | 
              
                | 2687 | competency examination required by state board rule; | 
              
                | 2688 | (b)  Completion of a teacher preparation program offered by | 
              
                | 2689 | ata postsecondary educational institution outside Florida and | 
              
                | 2690 | achievement of a passing score on the professional education | 
              
                | 2691 | competency examination required by state board rule; | 
              
                | 2692 | (c)  A valid professionalstandard teaching certificate | 
              
                | 2693 | issued by another state that requires an examination of mastery  | 
              
                | 2694 | of professional education competence; | 
              
                | 2695 | (d)  A valid standard teaching certificate issued by  | 
              
                | 2696 | another state andvalid certificate issued by the National Board | 
              
                | 2697 | for Professional Teaching Standards or other such nationally | 
              
                | 2698 | recognized organization as determined by the State Board of | 
              
                | 2699 | Education; | 
              
                | 2700 | (e)  A valid standardteaching certificate issued by | 
              
                | 2701 | another state and documentation of 1 year 2 yearsofcontinuous | 
              
                | 2702 | successful full-timeteachingor administrativeexperience | 
              
                | 2703 | during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of  | 
              
                | 2704 | application for certification; | 
              
                | 2705 | (f)  Completion of professional preparation courses as | 
              
                | 2706 | specified in state board rule, successful completion of a | 
              
                | 2707 | professional education competence demonstration program pursuant | 
              
                | 2708 | to paragraph (7)(b), and achievement of a passing score on the | 
              
                | 2709 | professional education competency examination required by state | 
              
                | 2710 | board rule; or | 
              
                | 2711 | (g)  Successful completion of a professional preparation | 
              
                | 2712 | alternative certification and education competency program, | 
              
                | 2713 | outlined in paragraph (7)(a). | 
              
                | 2714 |  | 
              
                | 2715 | State Board of Education rule governing mastery of professional | 
              
                | 2716 | preparation and education competence shall be revised as | 
              
                | 2717 | necessary in accordance with s. 1004.04(2). | 
              
                | 2718 | (6)  TYPES AND TERMS OF CERTIFICATION.-- | 
              
                | 2719 | (a)  The Department of Education shall issue a professional | 
              
                | 2720 | certificate for a period not to exceed 5 years to any applicant | 
              
                | 2721 | who meets all the requirements outlined in subsection (2). | 
              
                | 2722 | (b)  The department shall issue a temporary certificate to | 
              
                | 2723 | any applicant who completes the requirements outlined in | 
              
                | 2724 | paragraphs (2)(a)-(f) and completes the subject area content | 
              
                | 2725 | requirements specified in state board rule or demonstrates | 
              
                | 2726 | mastery of subject area knowledge pursuant to subsection (4) and | 
              
                | 2727 | holds an accredited degree or a degree approved by the | 
              
                | 2728 | Department of Education at the level required for the subject | 
              
                | 2729 | area specialization in state board rule. | 
              
                | 2730 | (c)  The department shall issue one nonrenewable 2-year | 
              
                | 2731 | temporary certificate and one nonrenewable 5-year professional | 
              
                | 2732 | certificate to a qualified applicant who holds a bachelor's | 
              
                | 2733 | degree in the area of speech-language impairment to allow for | 
              
                | 2734 | completion of a master's degree program in speech-language | 
              
                | 2735 | impairment. | 
              
                | 2736 |  | 
              
                | 2737 | Each temporary certificate is valid for 3 school fiscal years | 
              
                | 2738 | and is nonrenewable. However, the requirement in paragraph  | 
              
                | 2739 | (2)(g) must be met within 1 calendar year of the date of  | 
              
                | 2740 | employment under the temporary certificate. Individuals who are  | 
              
                | 2741 | employed under contract at the end of the 1 calendar year time  | 
              
                | 2742 | period may continue to be employed through the end of the school  | 
              
                | 2743 | year in which they have been contracted. A school district shall  | 
              
                | 2744 | not employ, or continue the employment of, an individual in a  | 
              
                | 2745 | position for which a temporary certificate is required beyond  | 
              
                | 2746 | this time period if the individual has not met the requirement  | 
              
                | 2747 | of paragraph (2)(g).However,the State Board of Education shall | 
              
                | 2748 | adopt rules to allow the department to extend the validity | 
              
                | 2749 | period of a temporary certificate for 2 years when the | 
              
                | 2750 | requirements for the professional certificate , not including the  | 
              
                | 2751 | requirement in paragraph (2)(g),were not completed due to the | 
              
                | 2752 | serious illness or injury of the applicant or other | 
              
                | 2753 | extraordinary extenuating circumstances. Based on emergency | 
              
                | 2754 | need,the department shall reissue the temporary certificate for | 
              
                | 2755 | 2 additional years upon approval by the Commissioner of | 
              
                | 2756 | Education. A written request for such reissuance must first of  | 
              
                | 2757 | the certificate shallbe submitted, stating the basis for the | 
              
                | 2758 | emergency need,by the district school superintendent, the | 
              
                | 2759 | governing authority of a university lab school, the governing | 
              
                | 2760 | authority of a state-supported school, or the governing | 
              
                | 2761 | authority of a private school. However, the Commissioner of | 
              
                | 2762 | Education may provide to any applicant who, by June 30, 2003, | 
              
                | 2763 | has demonstrated mastery of general knowledge, subject area | 
              
                | 2764 | knowledge, and professional preparation and education | 
              
                | 2765 | competence, pursuant to subsections (3), (4), and (5), except | 
              
                | 2766 | for achievement of a passing score on one subtest area of the | 
              
                | 2767 | general knowledge examination, a one-time only extension of his | 
              
                | 2768 | or her temporary certificate until June 30, 2004. | 
              
                | 2769 | Section 30.  Subsection (1) of section 1012.57, Florida | 
              
                | 2770 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 2771 | 1012.57  Certification of adjunct educators.-- | 
              
                | 2772 | (1)  Notwithstanding the provisions of ss. 1012.32, | 
              
                | 2773 | 1012.55, and 1012.56, or any other provision of law or rule to | 
              
                | 2774 | the contrary, district school boards shall adopt rules to allow | 
              
                | 2775 | for the issuance of may issuean adjunct teaching certificate to | 
              
                | 2776 | any applicant who fulfills the requirements of s. 1012.56(2)(a)- | 
              
                | 2777 | (f) and who has expertise in the subject area to be taught. An | 
              
                | 2778 | applicant shall be considered to have expertise in the subject | 
              
                | 2779 | area to be taught if the applicant has at least a minor in the  | 
              
                | 2780 | subject area ordemonstrates sufficient subject area mastery | 
              
                | 2781 | through passage of a subject area test as determined by district  | 
              
                | 2782 | school board policy. The adjunct teaching certificate shall be | 
              
                | 2783 | used for part-time teaching positions. The intent of this | 
              
                | 2784 | provision is to allow school districts to tap the wealth of | 
              
                | 2785 | talent and expertise represented in Florida's citizens who may | 
              
                | 2786 | wish to teach part-time in a Florida public school by permitting | 
              
                | 2787 | school districts to issue adjunct certificates to qualified | 
              
                | 2788 | applicants. Adjunct certificateholders should be used as a | 
              
                | 2789 | strategy to reduce the teacher shortage; thus, adjunct | 
              
                | 2790 | certificateholders should supplement a school's instructional | 
              
                | 2791 | staff, not supplant it. Each school principal shall assign an | 
              
                | 2792 | experienced peer mentor to assist the adjunct teaching | 
              
                | 2793 | certificateholder during the certificateholder's first year of | 
              
                | 2794 | teaching, and an adjunct certificateholder may participate in a | 
              
                | 2795 | district's new teacher training program. District school boards | 
              
                | 2796 | shall provide the adjunct teaching certificateholder an | 
              
                | 2797 | orientation in classroom management prior to assigning the | 
              
                | 2798 | certificateholder to a school. Each adjunct teaching certificate | 
              
                | 2799 | is valid for 5 school years and is renewable if : | 
              
                | 2800 | (a)  The applicant completes a minimum of 60 inservice  | 
              
                | 2801 | points or 3 semester hours of college credit. The earned credits  | 
              
                | 2802 | must include instruction in classroom management, district  | 
              
                | 2803 | school board procedures, school culture, and other activities  | 
              
                | 2804 | that enhance the professional teaching skills of the  | 
              
                | 2805 | certificateholder. | 
              
                | 2806 | (b)the applicant has received satisfactory performance | 
              
                | 2807 | evaluations during each year of teaching under adjunct teaching | 
              
                | 2808 | certification. | 
              
                | 2809 | Section 31.  Subsection (13) is added to section 1013.03, | 
              
                | 2810 | Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 2811 | 1013.03  Functions of the department.--The functions of the | 
              
                | 2812 | Department of Education as it pertains to educational facilities | 
              
                | 2813 | shall include, but not be limited to, the following: | 
              
                | 2814 | (13)  By October 1, 2003, review all rules related to | 
              
                | 2815 | school construction to identify requirements that are outdated, | 
              
                | 2816 | obsolete, unnecessary, or otherwise could be amended in order to | 
              
                | 2817 | provide additional flexibility to school districts to comply | 
              
                | 2818 | with the constitutional class size maximums described in s. | 
              
                | 2819 | 1003.03(2) and make recommendations concerning such rules to the | 
              
                | 2820 | State Board of Education. The State Board of Education shall act | 
              
                | 2821 | on such recommendations by December 31, 2003. | 
              
                | 2822 | Section 32.  Paragraph (d) is added to subsection (1) of | 
              
                | 2823 | section 1013.31, Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 2824 | 1013.31  Educational plant survey; localized need | 
              
                | 2825 | assessment; PECO project funding.-- | 
              
                | 2826 | (1)  At least every 5 years, each board shall arrange for | 
              
                | 2827 | an educational plant survey, to aid in formulating plans for | 
              
                | 2828 | housing the educational program and student population, faculty, | 
              
                | 2829 | administrators, staff, and auxiliary and ancillary services of | 
              
                | 2830 | the district or campus, including consideration of the local | 
              
                | 2831 | comprehensive plan. The Office of Workforce and Economic | 
              
                | 2832 | Development shall document the need for additional career and | 
              
                | 2833 | adult education programs and the continuation of existing | 
              
                | 2834 | programs before facility construction or renovation related to | 
              
                | 2835 | career or adult education may be included in the educational | 
              
                | 2836 | plant survey of a school district or community college that | 
              
                | 2837 | delivers career or adult education programs. Information used by | 
              
                | 2838 | the Office of Workforce and Economic Development to establish | 
              
                | 2839 | facility needs must include, but need not be limited to, labor | 
              
                | 2840 | market data, needs analysis, and information submitted by the | 
              
                | 2841 | school district or community college. | 
              
                | 2842 | (d)  Periodic update of Florida Inventory of School | 
              
                | 2843 | Houses.--School districts shall periodically update their | 
              
                | 2844 | inventory of educational facilities as new capacity becomes | 
              
                | 2845 | available and as unsatisfactory space is eliminated. The State | 
              
                | 2846 | Board of Education shall adopt rules to determine the timeframe | 
              
                | 2847 | in which school districts must provide a periodic update. | 
              
                | 2848 | Section 33.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (1) and | 
              
                | 2849 | subsections (2) and (3) of section 1002.37, Florida Statutes, | 
              
                | 2850 | are amended, subsections (4), (5), and (6) are renumbered as | 
              
                | 2851 | subsections (5), (6), and (7), respectively, and a new | 
              
                | 2852 | subsection (4) is added to said section, to read: | 
              
                | 2853 | 1002.37  The Florida Virtual School.-- | 
              
                | 2854 | (1) | 
              
                | 2855 | (b)  The mission of the Florida Virtual School is to | 
              
                | 2856 | provide students with technology-based educational opportunities | 
              
                | 2857 | to gain the knowledge and skills necessary to succeed and to | 
              
                | 2858 | award high school diplomas pursuant to s. 1003.43(9). The school | 
              
                | 2859 | shall serve any student in the state who meets the profile for | 
              
                | 2860 | success in this educational delivery context and shall give | 
              
                | 2861 | priority to: | 
              
                | 2862 | 1.  Students enrolled in traditional public school classes | 
              
                | 2863 | that are not in compliance with the maximum class sizes provided | 
              
                | 2864 | in s. 1000.03. | 
              
                | 2865 | 2.  Students enrolled as full-time students in the Florida | 
              
                | 2866 | Virtual School and seeking a high school diploma awarded by the | 
              
                | 2867 | Florida Virtual School. | 
              
                | 2868 | 3. 1.Students who need expanded access to courses in order | 
              
                | 2869 | to meet their educational goals, such as home education students | 
              
                | 2870 | and students in inner-city andrural and other publichigh | 
              
                | 2871 | schools who do not have access to higher-level courses. | 
              
                | 2872 | 4. 2.Students seeking accelerated access in order to | 
              
                | 2873 | obtain a high school diploma at least one semester early. | 
              
                | 2874 |  | 
              
                | 2875 | The board of trustees of the Florida Virtual School shall | 
              
                | 2876 | identify appropriate performance measures and standards based on | 
              
                | 2877 | student achievement that reflect the school's statutory mission | 
              
                | 2878 | and priorities, and shall implement an accountability system for | 
              
                | 2879 | the school that includes assessment of its effectiveness and | 
              
                | 2880 | efficiency in providing quality services that encourage high | 
              
                | 2881 | student achievement, seamless articulation, and maximum access. | 
              
                | 2882 | (2)  The Florida Virtual School shall be governed by a | 
              
                | 2883 | board of trustees comprised of seven members appointed by the | 
              
                | 2884 | Governor to 4-year staggered terms. The board of trustees shall | 
              
                | 2885 | be a public agency entitled to sovereign immunity pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 2886 | 768.28, and board members shall be public officers who shall | 
              
                | 2887 | bear fiduciary responsibility for the Florida Virtual School. | 
              
                | 2888 | The board of trustees shall have the following powers and | 
              
                | 2889 | duties: | 
              
                | 2890 | (a)1.  The board of trustees shall meet at least 4 times | 
              
                | 2891 | each year, upon the call of the chair, or at the request of a | 
              
                | 2892 | majority of the membership. | 
              
                | 2893 | 2.  The fiscal year for the Florida Virtual School shall be | 
              
                | 2894 | the state fiscal year as provided in s. 216.011(1)(o). | 
              
                | 2895 | (b)  The board of trustees shall be responsible for the | 
              
                | 2896 | Florida Virtual School's development of a state-of-the-art | 
              
                | 2897 | technology-based education delivery system that is cost- | 
              
                | 2898 | effective, educationally sound, marketable, and capable of | 
              
                | 2899 | sustaining a self-sufficient delivery system through the Florida | 
              
                | 2900 | Education Finance Program , by fiscal year 2003-2004. The school  | 
              
                | 2901 | shall collect and report data for all students served and credit  | 
              
                | 2902 | awarded. This data shall be segregated by private, public, and  | 
              
                | 2903 | home education students by program. Information shall also be  | 
              
                | 2904 | collected that reflects any other school in which a virtual  | 
              
                | 2905 | school student is enrolled. | 
              
                | 2906 | (c)  The board of trustees shall aggressively seek avenues | 
              
                | 2907 | to generate revenue to support its future endeavors, and shall | 
              
                | 2908 | enter into agreements with distance learning providers. The | 
              
                | 2909 | board of trustees may acquire, enjoy, use, and dispose of | 
              
                | 2910 | patents, copyrights, and trademarks and any licenses and other | 
              
                | 2911 | rights or interests thereunder or therein. Ownership of all such | 
              
                | 2912 | patents, copyrights, trademarks, licenses, and rights or | 
              
                | 2913 | interests thereunder or therein shall vest in the state, with | 
              
                | 2914 | the board of trustees having full right of use and full right to | 
              
                | 2915 | retain the revenues derived therefrom. Any funds realized from | 
              
                | 2916 | patents, copyrights, trademarks, or licenses shall be considered | 
              
                | 2917 | internal funds as provided in s. 1011.07. Such funds shall be | 
              
                | 2918 | used to support the school's marketing and research and | 
              
                | 2919 | development activities in order to improve courseware and | 
              
                | 2920 | services to its students. | 
              
                | 2921 | (d)  The board of trustees shall be responsible for the | 
              
                | 2922 | administration and control of all local school funds derived | 
              
                | 2923 | from all activities or sources and shall prescribe the | 
              
                | 2924 | principles and procedures to be followed in administering these | 
              
                | 2925 | funds annually prepare and submit to the State Board of  | 
              
                | 2926 | Education a legislative budget request, including funding  | 
              
                | 2927 | requests for computers for public school students who do not  | 
              
                | 2928 | have access to public school computers, in accordance with  | 
              
                | 2929 | chapter 216 and s. 1013.60. The legislative budget request of  | 
              
                | 2930 | the Florida Virtual School shall be prepared using the same  | 
              
                | 2931 | format, procedures, and timelines required for the submission of  | 
              
                | 2932 | the legislative budget of the Department of Education. Nothing  | 
              
                | 2933 | in this section shall be construed to guarantee a computer to  | 
              
                | 2934 | any individual student. | 
              
                | 2935 | (e)  The Florida Virtual School may accrue supplemental | 
              
                | 2936 | revenue from supplemental support organizations, which include, | 
              
                | 2937 | but are not limited to, alumni associations, foundations, | 
              
                | 2938 | parent-teacher associations, and booster associations. The | 
              
                | 2939 | governing body of each supplemental support organization shall | 
              
                | 2940 | recommend the expenditure of moneys collected by the | 
              
                | 2941 | organization for the benefit of the school. Such expenditures | 
              
                | 2942 | shall be contingent upon the review of the executive director. | 
              
                | 2943 | The executive director may override any proposed expenditure of | 
              
                | 2944 | the organization that would violate Florida law or breach sound | 
              
                | 2945 | educational management. | 
              
                | 2946 | (f) (e)In accordance with law and rules of the State Board | 
              
                | 2947 | of Education, the board of trustees shall administer and | 
              
                | 2948 | maintain personnel programs for all employees of the board of | 
              
                | 2949 | trustees and the Florida Virtual School. The board of trustees | 
              
                | 2950 | may adopt rules, policies, and procedures related to the | 
              
                | 2951 | appointment, employment, and removal of personnel. | 
              
                | 2952 | 1.  The board of trustees shall determine the compensation, | 
              
                | 2953 | including salaries and fringe benefits, and other conditions of | 
              
                | 2954 | employment for such personnel. | 
              
                | 2955 | 2.  The board of trustees may establish and maintain a | 
              
                | 2956 | personnel loan or exchange program by which persons employed by | 
              
                | 2957 | the board of trustees for the Florida Virtual School as academic | 
              
                | 2958 | administrative and instructional staff may be loaned to, or | 
              
                | 2959 | exchanged with persons employed in like capacities by, public | 
              
                | 2960 | agencies either within or without this state, or by private | 
              
                | 2961 | industry. With respect to public agency employees, the program | 
              
                | 2962 | authorized by this subparagraph shall be consistent with the | 
              
                | 2963 | requirements of part II of chapter 112. The salary and benefits | 
              
                | 2964 | of board of trustees personnel participating in the loan or | 
              
                | 2965 | exchange program shall be continued during the period of time | 
              
                | 2966 | they participate in a loan or exchange program, and such | 
              
                | 2967 | personnel shall be deemed to have no break in creditable or | 
              
                | 2968 | continuous service or employment during such time. The salary | 
              
                | 2969 | and benefits of persons participating in the personnel loan or | 
              
                | 2970 | exchange program who are employed by public agencies or private | 
              
                | 2971 | industry shall be paid by the originating employers of those | 
              
                | 2972 | participants, and such personnel shall be deemed to have no | 
              
                | 2973 | break in creditable or continuous service or employment during | 
              
                | 2974 | such time. | 
              
                | 2975 | 3.  The employment of all Florida Virtual School academic | 
              
                | 2976 | administrative and instructional personnel shall be subject to | 
              
                | 2977 | rejection for cause by the board of trustees, and shall be | 
              
                | 2978 | subject to policies of the board of trustees relative to | 
              
                | 2979 | certification, tenure, leaves of absence, sabbaticals, | 
              
                | 2980 | remuneration, and such other conditions of employment as the | 
              
                | 2981 | board of trustees deems necessary and proper, not inconsistent | 
              
                | 2982 | with law. | 
              
                | 2983 | 4.  Each person employed by the board of trustees in an | 
              
                | 2984 | academic administrative or instructional capacity with the | 
              
                | 2985 | Florida Virtual School shall be entitled to a contract as | 
              
                | 2986 | provided by rules of the board of trustees. | 
              
                | 2987 | 5.  All employees except temporary, seasonal, and student | 
              
                | 2988 | employees may be state employees for the purpose of being | 
              
                | 2989 | eligible to participate in the Florida Retirement System and | 
              
                | 2990 | receive benefits. The classification and pay plan, including | 
              
                | 2991 | terminal leave and other benefits, and any amendments thereto, | 
              
                | 2992 | shall be subject to review and approval by the Department of | 
              
                | 2993 | Management Services and the Executive Office of the Governor | 
              
                | 2994 | prior to adoption. In the event that the board of trustees  | 
              
                | 2995 | assumes responsibility for governance pursuant to this section  | 
              
                | 2996 | before approval is obtained, employees shall be compensated  | 
              
                | 2997 | pursuant to the system in effect for the employees of the fiscal  | 
              
                | 2998 | agent. | 
              
                | 2999 | (g) (f)The board of trustees shall establish priorities | 
              
                | 3000 | for admission of students in accordance with paragraph (1)(b). | 
              
                | 3001 | (h) (g)The board of trustees shall establish and | 
              
                | 3002 | distribute to all school districts and high schools in the state | 
              
                | 3003 | procedures for enrollment of students in courses offered by the | 
              
                | 3004 | Florida Virtual School. Such procedures shall be designed to  | 
              
                | 3005 | minimize paperwork and fairly resolve the issue of double  | 
              
                | 3006 | funding students taking courses on-line.
 | 
              
                | 3007 | (i)  The board of trustees shall establish criteria | 
              
                | 3008 | defining the elements of an approved franchise. The board of | 
              
                | 3009 | trustees may enter into franchise agreements with Florida | 
              
                | 3010 | district school boards and may establish the terms and | 
              
                | 3011 | conditions governing such agreements. The board of trustees | 
              
                | 3012 | shall establish the performance and accountability measures and | 
              
                | 3013 | report the performance of each school district franchise to the | 
              
                | 3014 | Commissioner of Education. | 
              
                | 3015 | (j) (h)The board of trustees shallannuallysubmit to the | 
              
                | 3016 | State Board of Education both forecasted and actual enrollments | 
              
                | 3017 | and credit completionsfor the Florida Virtual School, according | 
              
                | 3018 | to procedures established by the State Board of Education. At a | 
              
                | 3019 | minimum, such procedures must include the number of public, | 
              
                | 3020 | private, and home education students served by program and by | 
              
                | 3021 | county of residence district. | 
              
                | 3022 | (k) (i)The board of trustees shall provide for the content | 
              
                | 3023 | and custody of student and employee personnel records. Student | 
              
                | 3024 | records shall be subject to the provisions of s. 1002.22. | 
              
                | 3025 | Employee records shall be subject to the provisions of s. | 
              
                | 3026 | 1012.31. | 
              
                | 3027 | (l) (j)The financial records and accounts of the Florida | 
              
                | 3028 | Virtual School shall be maintained under the direction of the | 
              
                | 3029 | board of trustees and under rules adopted by the State Board of | 
              
                | 3030 | Education for the uniform system of financial records and | 
              
                | 3031 | accounts for the schools of the state. | 
              
                | 3032 |  | 
              
                | 3033 | The Governor shall designate the initial chair of the board of | 
              
                | 3034 | trustees to serve a term of 4 years. Members of the board of | 
              
                | 3035 | trustees shall serve without compensation, but may be reimbursed | 
              
                | 3036 | for per diem and travel expenses pursuant to s. 112.061. The | 
              
                | 3037 | board of trustees shall be a body corporate with all the powers | 
              
                | 3038 | of a body corporate and such authority as is needed for the | 
              
                | 3039 | proper operation and improvement of the Florida Virtual School. | 
              
                | 3040 | The board of trustees is specifically authorized to adopt rules, | 
              
                | 3041 | policies, and procedures, consistent with law and rules of the | 
              
                | 3042 | State Board of Education related to governance, personnel, | 
              
                | 3043 | budget and finance, administration, programs, curriculum and | 
              
                | 3044 | instruction, travel and purchasing, technology, students, | 
              
                | 3045 | contracts and grants, and property as necessary for optimal, | 
              
                | 3046 | efficient operation of the Florida Virtual School. Tangible | 
              
                | 3047 | personal property owned by the board of trustees shall be | 
              
                | 3048 | subject to the provisions of chapter 273. | 
              
                | 3049 | (3)  Funding for the Florida Virtual School shall be | 
              
                | 3050 | provided as follows: | 
              
                | 3051 | (a)  A "full-time equivalent student" for the Florida | 
              
                | 3052 | Virtual School is one student who has successfully completed six | 
              
                | 3053 | credits that shall count toward the minimum number of credits | 
              
                | 3054 | required for high school graduation. A student who completes | 
              
                | 3055 | less than six credits shall be a fraction of a full-time | 
              
                | 3056 | equivalent student. Half-credit completions shall be included in | 
              
                | 3057 | determining a full-time equivalent student. Credit completed by | 
              
                | 3058 | a student in excess of the minimum required for that student for | 
              
                | 3059 | high school graduation is not eligible for funding. | 
              
                | 3060 | (b)  Full-time equivalent student credits completed through | 
              
                | 3061 | the Florida Virtual School, including credits completed during | 
              
                | 3062 | the summer, shall be reported to the Department of Education in | 
              
                | 3063 | the manner prescribed by the department and shall be funded | 
              
                | 3064 | through the Florida Education Finance Program. | 
              
                | 3065 | (c)  School districts may not limit student access to | 
              
                | 3066 | courses offered through the Florida Virtual School. | 
              
                | 3067 | (d)  Full-time equivalent student credit completion for | 
              
                | 3068 | courses offered through the Florida Virtual School shall be | 
              
                | 3069 | reported only by the Florida Virtual School. School districts | 
              
                | 3070 | shall report full-time equivalent student membership only for | 
              
                | 3071 | courses for which the school district provides the instruction. | 
              
                | 3072 | (e)  The district cost differential as provided in s. | 
              
                | 3073 | 1011.62(2) shall be established as 1.000. | 
              
                | 3074 | (f)  The Florida Virtual School shall receive funds for | 
              
                | 3075 | operating purposes in an amount determined as follows: multiply | 
              
                | 3076 | the maximum allowable nonvoted discretionary millage for | 
              
                | 3077 | operations pursuant to s. 1011.71(1) by the value of 95 percent | 
              
                | 3078 | of the current year's taxable value for school purposes for the | 
              
                | 3079 | state; divide the result by the total full-time equivalent | 
              
                | 3080 | membership of the state; and multiply the result by the full- | 
              
                | 3081 | time equivalent membership of the school. The amount thus | 
              
                | 3082 | obtained shall be discretionary operating funds and shall be | 
              
                | 3083 | appropriated from state funds in the General Appropriations Act. | 
              
                | 3084 | (g)  The Florida Virtual School shall receive additional | 
              
                | 3085 | state funds as may be provided in the General Appropriations | 
              
                | 3086 | Act. | 
              
                | 3087 | (h)  In addition to the funds provided in the General | 
              
                | 3088 | Appropriations Act, the Florida Virtual School may receive other | 
              
                | 3089 | funds from grants and donations. | 
              
                | 3090 | (a)  Until fiscal year 2003-2004, the Commissioner of  | 
              
                | 3091 | Education shall include the Florida Virtual School as a grant- | 
              
                | 3092 | in-aid appropriation in the department's legislative budget  | 
              
                | 3093 | request to the State Board of Education, the Governor, and the  | 
              
                | 3094 | Legislature, subject to any guidelines imposed in the General  | 
              
                | 3095 | Appropriations Act.
 | 
              
                | 3096 | (b)  The Orange County District School Board shall be the  | 
              
                | 3097 | temporary fiscal agent of the Florida Virtual School.
 | 
              
                | 3098 | (4)  School districts operating a virtual school that is an | 
              
                | 3099 | approved franchise of the Florida Virtual School may count full- | 
              
                | 3100 | time equivalent students, as provided in paragraph (3)(a), if | 
              
                | 3101 | such school has been certified as an approved franchise by the | 
              
                | 3102 | Commissioner of Education based on criteria established by the | 
              
                | 3103 | board of trustees pursuant to paragraph (2)(i). | 
              
                | 3104 | Section 34.  Paragraph (c) of subsection (1) of section | 
              
                | 3105 | 1011.61, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 3106 | 1011.61  Definitions.--Notwithstanding the provisions of s. | 
              
                | 3107 | 1000.21, the following terms are defined as follows for the | 
              
                | 3108 | purposes of the Florida Education Finance Program: | 
              
                | 3109 | (1)  A "full-time equivalent student" in each program of | 
              
                | 3110 | the district is defined in terms of full-time students and part- | 
              
                | 3111 | time students as follows: | 
              
                | 3112 | (c)1.  A "full-time equivalent student" is: | 
              
                | 3113 | a.  A full-time student in any one of the programs listed | 
              
                | 3114 | in s. 1011.62(1)(c); or | 
              
                | 3115 | b.  A combination of full-time or part-time students in any | 
              
                | 3116 | one of the programs listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c) which is the | 
              
                | 3117 | equivalent of one full-time student based on the following | 
              
                | 3118 | calculations: | 
              
                | 3119 | (I)  A full-time student, except a postsecondary or adult | 
              
                | 3120 | student or a senior high school student enrolled in adult | 
              
                | 3121 | education when such courses are required for high school | 
              
                | 3122 | graduation, in a combination of programs listed in s. | 
              
                | 3123 | 1011.62(1)(c) shall be a fraction of a full-time equivalent | 
              
                | 3124 | membership in each special program equal to the number of net | 
              
                | 3125 | hours per school year for which he or she is a member, divided | 
              
                | 3126 | by the appropriate number of hours set forth in subparagraph | 
              
                | 3127 | (a)1. or subparagraph (a)2. The difference between that fraction | 
              
                | 3128 | or sum of fractions and the maximum value as set forth in | 
              
                | 3129 | subsection (4) for each full-time student is presumed to be the | 
              
                | 3130 | balance of the student's time not spent in such special | 
              
                | 3131 | education programs and shall be recorded as time in the | 
              
                | 3132 | appropriate basic program. | 
              
                | 3133 | (II)  A prekindergarten handicapped student shall meet the | 
              
                | 3134 | requirements specified for kindergarten students. | 
              
                | 3135 | (III)  A Florida Virtual School full-time equivalent | 
              
                | 3136 | student shall consist of six full credit completions in the | 
              
                | 3137 | programs listed in s. 1011.62(1)(c)1. and 4. Credit completions | 
              
                | 3138 | can be a combination of either full credits or half credits. | 
              
                | 3139 | 2.  A student in membership in a program scheduled for more | 
              
                | 3140 | or less than 180 school days is a fraction of a full-time | 
              
                | 3141 | equivalent membership equal to the number of instructional hours | 
              
                | 3142 | in membership divided by the appropriate number of hours set | 
              
                | 3143 | forth in subparagraph (a)1.; however, for the purposes of this | 
              
                | 3144 | subparagraph, membership in programs scheduled for more than 180 | 
              
                | 3145 | days is limited to students enrolled in juvenile justice | 
              
                | 3146 | education programs and the Florida Virtual School. | 
              
                | 3147 | The department shall determine and implement an equitable method | 
              
                | 3148 | of equivalent funding for experimental schools and for schools | 
              
                | 3149 | operating under emergency conditions, which schools have been | 
              
                | 3150 | approved by the department to operate for less than the minimum | 
              
                | 3151 | school day. | 
              
                | 3152 | Section 35.  Paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of | 
              
                | 3153 | subsection (6) of section 1013.64, Florida Statutes, are amended | 
              
                | 3154 | to read: | 
              
                | 3155 | 1013.64  Funds for comprehensive educational plant needs; | 
              
                | 3156 | construction cost maximums for school district capital | 
              
                | 3157 | projects.--Allocations from the Public Education Capital Outlay | 
              
                | 3158 | and Debt Service Trust Fund to the various boards for capital | 
              
                | 3159 | outlay projects shall be determined as follows: | 
              
                | 3160 | (6) | 
              
                | 3161 | (b)1.  A district school board, including a district school | 
              
                | 3162 | board of an academic performance-based charter school district, | 
              
                | 3163 | must not use funds from the following sources:Public Education | 
              
                | 3164 | Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund; or theSchool | 
              
                | 3165 | District and Community College District Capital Outlay and Debt | 
              
                | 3166 | Service Trust Fund; Classrooms First Program funds provided in | 
              
                | 3167 | s. 1013.68; effort index grant funds provided in s. 1013.73; | 
              
                | 3168 | nonvoted 2-mill levy of ad valorem property taxes provided in s. | 
              
                | 3169 | 1011.71(2); Class Size Reduction Infrastructure Program funds | 
              
                | 3170 | provided in s. 1013.735; District Effort Recognition Program | 
              
                | 3171 | funds provided in s. 1013.736; school capital outlay sales | 
              
                | 3172 | surtax provided in s. 212.055(6); local government | 
              
                | 3173 | infrastructure sales surtax provided in s. 212.055(2); or voted | 
              
                | 3174 | millage provided in s. 1011.73,for any new construction of | 
              
                | 3175 | educational plant space with a total cost per student station, | 
              
                | 3176 | including change orders, that equals more than: | 
              
                | 3177 | a.  $12,755 $11,600for an elementary school, | 
              
                | 3178 | b.  $14,624 $13,300for a middle school, or | 
              
                | 3179 | c.  $19,352 $17,600for a high school, | 
              
                | 3180 |  | 
              
                | 3181 | (January 2002 1997) as adjusted annually to reflect increases or | 
              
                | 3182 | decreases in bythe Consumer Price Index. | 
              
                | 3183 | 2.  A district school board must not use funds from the | 
              
                | 3184 | Public Education Capital Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund or | 
              
                | 3185 | the School District and Community College District Capital | 
              
                | 3186 | Outlay and Debt Service Trust Fund for any new construction of | 
              
                | 3187 | an ancillary plant that exceeds 70 percent of the average cost | 
              
                | 3188 | per square foot of new construction for all schools. | 
              
                | 3189 | (c)  Except as otherwise provided, new construction | 
              
                | 3190 | initiated after July 1, 2004, by a district school board funded | 
              
                | 3191 | solely from proceeds received by school districts through | 
              
                | 3192 | provisions of ss. 212.055 and 1011.73 and s. 9, Art. VII of the | 
              
                | 3193 | State Constitution after June 30, 1997,must not exceed the cost | 
              
                | 3194 | per student station as provided in paragraph (b). However, a | 
              
                | 3195 | school district may exceed the cost per student station provided | 
              
                | 3196 | in paragraph (b) if the school district: | 
              
                | 3197 | 1.  Utilizes funds provided through voted millage options | 
              
                | 3198 | or, for those school districts with unincarcerated populations | 
              
                | 3199 | of less than 100,000, funds generated through discretionary | 
              
                | 3200 | 2-mill authority. | 
              
                | 3201 | 2.  Holds a public hearing that clearly communicates the | 
              
                | 3202 | school district’s purpose for the use of the funds and, during a | 
              
                | 3203 | regularly scheduled meeting of the district school board, votes | 
              
                | 3204 | to use such funds in the manner and for the purpose identified | 
              
                | 3205 | in the public hearing. | 
              
                | 3206 | 3.  Annually reports to the department the amount of funds | 
              
                | 3207 | used, the capital outlay for which the funds were used, and the | 
              
                | 3208 | source of the funds. | 
              
                | 3209 | (d)  The department shall: | 
              
                | 3210 | 1.Compute for each calendar year the statewide average | 
              
                | 3211 | construction costs for facilities serving each instructional | 
              
                | 3212 | level, for relocatable educational facilities, for | 
              
                | 3213 | administrative facilities, and for other ancillary and auxiliary | 
              
                | 3214 | facilities. The department shall compute the statewide average | 
              
                | 3215 | costs per student station for each instructional level. | 
              
                | 3216 | 2.  Annually review the actual completed construction costs | 
              
                | 3217 | of educational facilities in each school district. For any | 
              
                | 3218 | school district in which the total actual cost per student | 
              
                | 3219 | station, including change orders, exceeds the statewide limits | 
              
                | 3220 | established in paragraph (b), the school district shall report | 
              
                | 3221 | to the department the actual cost per student station and the | 
              
                | 3222 | reason for the school district’s inability to adhere to the | 
              
                | 3223 | limits established in paragraph (b). The department shall | 
              
                | 3224 | collect all such reports and shall report to the Governor, the | 
              
                | 3225 | President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of | 
              
                | 3226 | Representatives by December 31 of each year a summary of each | 
              
                | 3227 | school district’s spending in excess of the cost per student | 
              
                | 3228 | station provided in paragraph (b) as reported by the school | 
              
                | 3229 | districts. | 
              
                | 3230 |  | 
              
                | 3231 | Cost per student station includes contract costs, legal and | 
              
                | 3232 | administrative costs, fees of architects and engineers, | 
              
                | 3233 | furniture and equipment, and site improvement costs. Cost per | 
              
                | 3234 | student station does not include the cost of purchasing or | 
              
                | 3235 | leasing the site for the construction or the cost of related | 
              
                | 3236 | offsite improvements. | 
              
                | 3237 | (e)  The restrictions of this subsection on the cost per  | 
              
                | 3238 | student station of new construction do not apply to a project  | 
              
                | 3239 | funded entirely from proceeds received by districts through  | 
              
                | 3240 | provisions of ss. 212.055 and 1011.73 and s. 9, Art. VII of the  | 
              
                | 3241 | State Constitution, if the school board approves the project by  | 
              
                | 3242 | majority vote.
 | 
              
                | 3243 | Section 36.  Subsection (2) of section 1007.261 and | 
              
                | 3244 | sections 1012.41, 1013.21, and 1013.43, Florida Statutes, are | 
              
                | 3245 | repealed. | 
              
                | 3246 | Section 37.  Subsection (13) is added to section 216.292, | 
              
                | 3247 | Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 3248 | 216.292  Appropriations nontransferable; exceptions.-- | 
              
                | 3249 | (13)  The Executive Office of the Governor shall transfer | 
              
                | 3250 | funds from appropriations for public school operations to a | 
              
                | 3251 | fixed capital outlay appropriation for class size reduction | 
              
                | 3252 | based on recommendations of the Florida Education Finance | 
              
                | 3253 | Program Appropriation Allocation Conference pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 3254 | 1003.03(5)(a). This subsection is subject to the notice and | 
              
                | 3255 | review provisions of s. 216.177. | 
              
                | 3256 | Section 38.  Section 1000.041, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 3257 | to read: | 
              
                | 3258 | 1000.041  Better educated students and teachers (BEST) | 
              
                | 3259 | Florida teaching; legislative purposes; guiding principles.--The | 
              
                | 3260 | legislative purposes and guiding principles of BEST Florida | 
              
                | 3261 | teaching are: | 
              
                | 3262 | (1)  Teachers teach, students learn. | 
              
                | 3263 | (2)  Teachers maintain orderly, disciplined classrooms | 
              
                | 3264 | conducive to student learning. | 
              
                | 3265 | (3)  Teachers are trained, recruited, well compensated, and | 
              
                | 3266 | retained for quality. | 
              
                | 3267 | (4)  Teachers are well rewarded for their students' high | 
              
                | 3268 | performance. | 
              
                | 3269 | (5)  Teachers are most effective when served by exemplary | 
              
                | 3270 | school administrators. | 
              
                | 3271 |  | 
              
                | 3272 | Each teacher preparation program, each postsecondary educational | 
              
                | 3273 | institution providing dual enrollment or other acceleration | 
              
                | 3274 | programs, each district school board, and each district and | 
              
                | 3275 | school-based administrator fully supports and cooperates in the | 
              
                | 3276 | accomplishment of these purposes and guiding principles. | 
              
                | 3277 | Section 39.  Section 1001.33, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 3278 | to read: | 
              
                | 3279 | 1001.33  Schools under control of district school board and | 
              
                | 3280 | district school superintendent.-- | 
              
                | 3281 | (1)Except as otherwise provided by law, all public | 
              
                | 3282 | schools conducted within the district shall be under the | 
              
                | 3283 | direction and control of the district school board with the | 
              
                | 3284 | district school superintendent as executive officer. | 
              
                | 3285 | (2)  Each district school board, each district school | 
              
                | 3286 | superintendent, and each district and school-based administrator | 
              
                | 3287 | shall cooperate to apply the following guiding principles for | 
              
                | 3288 | better educated students and teachers (BEST) Florida teaching: | 
              
                | 3289 | (a)  Teachers teach, students learn. | 
              
                | 3290 | (b)  Teachers maintain orderly, disciplined classrooms | 
              
                | 3291 | conducive to student learning. | 
              
                | 3292 | (c)  Teachers are trained, recruited, well compensated, and | 
              
                | 3293 | retained for quality. | 
              
                | 3294 | (d)  Teachers are well rewarded for their students' high | 
              
                | 3295 | performance. | 
              
                | 3296 | (e)  Teachers are most effective when served by exemplary | 
              
                | 3297 | school administrators. | 
              
                | 3298 | Section 40.  Subsections (5) and (6) of section 1001.42, | 
              
                | 3299 | Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 3300 | 1001.42  Powers and duties of district school board.--The | 
              
                | 3301 | district school board, acting as a board, shall exercise all | 
              
                | 3302 | powers and perform all duties listed below: | 
              
                | 3303 | (5)  PERSONNEL.-- | 
              
                | 3304 | (a)Designate positions to be filled, prescribe | 
              
                | 3305 | qualifications for those positions, and provide for the | 
              
                | 3306 | appointment, compensation, promotion, suspension, and dismissal | 
              
                | 3307 | of employees, subject to the requirements of chapter 1012. Each | 
              
                | 3308 | district school board shall provide clerical personnel or | 
              
                | 3309 | volunteers who are not classroom teachers to assist teachers in | 
              
                | 3310 | noninstructional activities, including performing paperwork and | 
              
                | 3311 | recordkeeping duties. However, a teacher shall remain | 
              
                | 3312 | responsible for all instructional activities and for classroom | 
              
                | 3313 | management and grading student performance. | 
              
                | 3314 | (b)Notwithstanding s. 1012.55 or any other provision of | 
              
                | 3315 | law or rule to the contrary and , the district school board may, | 
              
                | 3316 | consistent with adopted district school board policy relating to | 
              
                | 3317 | alternative certification for school principals, have the | 
              
                | 3318 | authority toappoint persons to the position of school principal | 
              
                | 3319 | who do not hold educator certification. | 
              
                | 3320 | (c)  Fully support and cooperate in the application of the | 
              
                | 3321 | guiding principles for better educated students and teachers | 
              
                | 3322 | (BEST) Florida teaching, pursuant to s. 1000.041. | 
              
                | 3323 | (6)  STUDENT CHILDWELFARE.-- | 
              
                | 3324 | (a)In accordance with the provisions of chapters 1003 and | 
              
                | 3325 | 1006, provide for the proper accounting for all students | 
              
                | 3326 | childrenof school age, for the attendance and control of | 
              
                | 3327 | students at school, and for proper attention to health, safety, | 
              
                | 3328 | and other matters relating to the welfare of students children. | 
              
                | 3329 | (b)  In accordance with the provisions of ss. 1003.31 and | 
              
                | 3330 | 1003.32, fully support the authority of each teacher and school | 
              
                | 3331 | bus driver to remove disobedient, disrespectful, violent, | 
              
                | 3332 | abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the | 
              
                | 3333 | classroom and the school bus and the authority of the school | 
              
                | 3334 | principal to place such students in an alternative educational | 
              
                | 3335 | setting, when appropriate and available. | 
              
                | 3336 | Section 41.  Subsection (23) of section 1001.51, Florida | 
              
                | 3337 | Statutes, is renumbered as subsection (25), and new subsections | 
              
                | 3338 | (23) and (24) are added to said section to read: | 
              
                | 3339 | 1001.51  Duties and responsibilities of district school | 
              
                | 3340 | superintendent.--The district school superintendent shall | 
              
                | 3341 | exercise all powers and perform all duties listed below and | 
              
                | 3342 | elsewhere in the law, provided that, in so doing, he or she | 
              
                | 3343 | shall advise and counsel with the district school board. The | 
              
                | 3344 | district school superintendent shall perform all tasks necessary | 
              
                | 3345 | to make sound recommendations, nominations, proposals, and | 
              
                | 3346 | reports required by law to be acted upon by the district school | 
              
                | 3347 | board. All such recommendations, nominations, proposals, and | 
              
                | 3348 | reports by the district school superintendent shall be either | 
              
                | 3349 | recorded in the minutes or shall be made in writing, noted in | 
              
                | 3350 | the minutes, and filed in the public records of the district | 
              
                | 3351 | school board. It shall be presumed that, in the absence of the | 
              
                | 3352 | record required in this section, the recommendations, | 
              
                | 3353 | nominations, and proposals required of the district school | 
              
                | 3354 | superintendent were not contrary to the action taken by the | 
              
                | 3355 | district school board in such matters. | 
              
                | 3356 | (23)  QUALITY TEACHERS.--Fully support and cooperate in the | 
              
                | 3357 | application of the guiding principles for better educated | 
              
                | 3358 | students and teachers (BEST) Florida teaching, pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 3359 | 1000.041. | 
              
                | 3360 | (24)  ORDERLY CLASSROOMS AND SCHOOL BUSES.--Fully support | 
              
                | 3361 | the authority of each teacher, according to s. 1003.32, and | 
              
                | 3362 | school bus driver to remove disobedient, disrespectful, violent, | 
              
                | 3363 | abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the | 
              
                | 3364 | classroom and the school bus and the authority of the school | 
              
                | 3365 | principal to place such students in an alternative educational | 
              
                | 3366 | setting, when appropriate and available. | 
              
                | 3367 | Section 42.  Subsection (1) of section 1001.54, Florida | 
              
                | 3368 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 3369 | 1001.54  Duties of school principals.-- | 
              
                | 3370 | (1)(a)A district school board shall employ, through | 
              
                | 3371 | written contract, public school principals. | 
              
                | 3372 | (b)The school principal has authority over school | 
              
                | 3373 | district personnel in accordance with s. 1012.28. | 
              
                | 3374 | (c)  The school principal shall encourage school personnel | 
              
                | 3375 | to implement the guiding principles for better educated students | 
              
                | 3376 | and teachers (BEST) Florida teaching, pursuant to s. 1000.041. | 
              
                | 3377 | (d)  The school principal should fully support the | 
              
                | 3378 | authority of each teacher, according to s. 1003.32, and school | 
              
                | 3379 | bus driver to remove disobedient, disrespectful, violent, | 
              
                | 3380 | abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the | 
              
                | 3381 | classroom and the school bus and, when appropriate and | 
              
                | 3382 | available, place such students in an alternative educational | 
              
                | 3383 | setting. | 
              
                | 3384 | Section 43.  Subsection (22) is added to said section | 
              
                | 3385 | 1002.20, Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 3386 | 1002.20  K-12 student and parent rights.--K-12 students and | 
              
                | 3387 | their parents are afforded numerous statutory rights including, | 
              
                | 3388 | but not limited to, the following: | 
              
                | 3389 | (22)  ORDERLY, DISCIPLINED CLASSROOMS.--Public school | 
              
                | 3390 | students shall be in orderly, disciplined classrooms conducive | 
              
                | 3391 | to learning without the distraction caused by disobedient, | 
              
                | 3392 | disrespectful, violent, abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive | 
              
                | 3393 | students, in accordance with s. 1003.32. | 
              
                | 3394 | Section 44.  Subsection (13) of section 1002.42, Florida | 
              
                | 3395 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 3396 | 1002.42  Private schools.-- | 
              
                | 3397 | (13)  PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM.--An organization of | 
              
                | 3398 | private schools that has no fewer than 10 member schools in this | 
              
                | 3399 | state may develop a professional development system to be filed | 
              
                | 3400 | with the Department of Education in accordance with the | 
              
                | 3401 | provisions of s. 1012.98(6) (7). | 
              
                | 3402 | Section 45.  Section 1003.04, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 3403 | to read: | 
              
                | 3404 | 1003.04  Student conduct and parental involvement goals.-- | 
              
                | 3405 | (1) It is the goal of the Legislature and each district  | 
              
                | 3406 | school board thatEach public K-12 student must comply with | 
              
                | 3407 | school attendance laws remain in attendancethroughout the | 
              
                | 3408 | school year, unless excused by the school for illness or other | 
              
                | 3409 | good cause, and mustcomply fully with the school's code of | 
              
                | 3410 | conduct. | 
              
                | 3411 | (2)  The parent of each public K-12 student must cooperate | 
              
                | 3412 | with the authority of the student's district school board, | 
              
                | 3413 | superintendent, principal, teachers, and school bus drivers, | 
              
                | 3414 | according to ss. 1003.31 and 1003.32, to remove the student from | 
              
                | 3415 | the classroom and the school bus and, when appropriate and | 
              
                | 3416 | available, to place the student in an alternative educational | 
              
                | 3417 | setting, if the student is disobedient, disrespectful, violent, | 
              
                | 3418 | abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive. | 
              
                | 3419 | (3) (2)It is the goal of the Legislature and each district | 
              
                | 3420 | school board that the parent of each public K-12 student comply | 
              
                | 3421 | with the school's reasonable and time-acceptable parental | 
              
                | 3422 | involvement requests. | 
              
                | 3423 | Section 46.  Subsection (1) of section 1003.31, Florida | 
              
                | 3424 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 3425 | 1003.31  Students subject to control of school.-- | 
              
                | 3426 | (1)  Subject to law and rules of the State Board of | 
              
                | 3427 | Education and of the district school board, each student | 
              
                | 3428 | enrolled in a school shall: | 
              
                | 3429 | (a)  During the time she or he is being transported to or | 
              
                | 3430 | from school at public expense; | 
              
                | 3431 | (b)  During the time she or he is attending school; | 
              
                | 3432 | (c)  During the time she or he is on the school premises | 
              
                | 3433 | participating with authorization in a school-sponsored activity; | 
              
                | 3434 | and | 
              
                | 3435 | (d)  During a reasonable time before and after the student | 
              
                | 3436 | is on the premises for attendance at school or for authorized | 
              
                | 3437 | participation in a school-sponsored activity, and only when on | 
              
                | 3438 | the premises, | 
              
                | 3439 |  | 
              
                | 3440 | be under the control and direction of the principal or teacher | 
              
                | 3441 | in charge of the school, and under the immediate control and | 
              
                | 3442 | direction of the teacher or other member of the instructional | 
              
                | 3443 | staff or of the bus driver to whom such responsibility may be | 
              
                | 3444 | assigned by the principal. However, the State Board of Education | 
              
                | 3445 | or the district school board may, by rules, subject each student | 
              
                | 3446 | to the control and direction of the principal or teacher in | 
              
                | 3447 | charge of the school during the time she or he is otherwise en | 
              
                | 3448 | route to or from school or is presumed by law to be attending | 
              
                | 3449 | school. Each district school board, each district school | 
              
                | 3450 | superintendent, and each school principal should fully support | 
              
                | 3451 | the authority of teachers, according to s. 1003.32, and school | 
              
                | 3452 | bus drivers to remove disobedient, disrespectful, violent, | 
              
                | 3453 | abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the | 
              
                | 3454 | classroom and the school bus and, when appropriate and | 
              
                | 3455 | available, place such students in an alternative educational | 
              
                | 3456 | setting. | 
              
                | 3457 | Section 47.  Section 1003.32, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 3458 | to read: | 
              
                | 3459 | 1003.32  Authority of teacher; responsibility for control | 
              
                | 3460 | of students; district school board and principal | 
              
                | 3461 | duties.--Subject to law and to the rules of the district school | 
              
                | 3462 | board, each teacher or other member of the staff of any school | 
              
                | 3463 | shall have such authority for the control and discipline of | 
              
                | 3464 | students as may be assigned to him or her by the principal or | 
              
                | 3465 | the principal's designated representative and shall keep good | 
              
                | 3466 | order in the classroom and in other places in which he or she is | 
              
                | 3467 | assigned to be in charge of students. | 
              
                | 3468 | (1)  In accordance with this section andwithin the | 
              
                | 3469 | framework of the district school board's code of student | 
              
                | 3470 | conduct, teachers and other instructional personnel shall have | 
              
                | 3471 | the authority to undertake any of the following actions in | 
              
                | 3472 | managing student behavior and ensuring the safety of all | 
              
                | 3473 | students in their classes and school and their opportunity to | 
              
                | 3474 | learn in an orderly and disciplined classroom: | 
              
                | 3475 | (a)  Establish classroom rules of conduct. | 
              
                | 3476 | (b)  Establish and implement consequences, designed to | 
              
                | 3477 | change behavior, for infractions of classroom rules. | 
              
                | 3478 | (c)  Have disobedient, disrespectful, violent, abusive, | 
              
                | 3479 | uncontrollable, or disruptive students temporarilyremoved from | 
              
                | 3480 | the classroom for behavior management intervention. | 
              
                | 3481 | (d)  Have violent, abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive | 
              
                | 3482 | students directed for information or assistance from appropriate | 
              
                | 3483 | school or district school board personnel. | 
              
                | 3484 | (e)  Assist in enforcing school rules on school property, | 
              
                | 3485 | during school-sponsored transportation, and during school- | 
              
                | 3486 | sponsored activities. | 
              
                | 3487 | (f)  Request and receive information as to the disposition | 
              
                | 3488 | of any referrals to the administration for violation of | 
              
                | 3489 | classroom or school rules. | 
              
                | 3490 | (g)  Request and receive immediate assistance in classroom | 
              
                | 3491 | management if a student becomes uncontrollable or in case of | 
              
                | 3492 | emergency. | 
              
                | 3493 | (h)  Request and receive training and other assistance to | 
              
                | 3494 | improve skills in classroom management, violence prevention, | 
              
                | 3495 | conflict resolution, and related areas. | 
              
                | 3496 | (i)  Press charges if there is reason to believe thata | 
              
                | 3497 | crime has been committed against the teacher or other  | 
              
                | 3498 | instructional personnelon school property, during school- | 
              
                | 3499 | sponsored transportation, or during school-sponsored activities. | 
              
                | 3500 | (j)  Use reasonable force, according to standards adopted | 
              
                | 3501 | by the State Board of Education, to protect himself or herself | 
              
                | 3502 | or others from injury. | 
              
                | 3503 | (k)  Use corporal punishment according to school board | 
              
                | 3504 | policy and at least the following procedures, if a teacher feels | 
              
                | 3505 | that corporal punishment is necessary: | 
              
                | 3506 | 1.  The use of corporal punishment shall be approved in | 
              
                | 3507 | principle by the principal before it is used, but approval is | 
              
                | 3508 | not necessary for each specific instance in which it is used. | 
              
                | 3509 | The principal shall prepare guidelines for administering such | 
              
                | 3510 | punishment which identify the types of punishable offenses, the | 
              
                | 3511 | conditions under which the punishment shall be administered, and | 
              
                | 3512 | the specific personnel on the school staff authorized to | 
              
                | 3513 | administer the punishment. | 
              
                | 3514 | 2.  A teacher or principal may administer corporal | 
              
                | 3515 | punishment only in the presence of another adult who is informed | 
              
                | 3516 | beforehand, and in the student's presence, of the reason for the | 
              
                | 3517 | punishment. | 
              
                | 3518 | 3.  A teacher or principal who has administered punishment | 
              
                | 3519 | shall, upon request, provide the student's parent with a written | 
              
                | 3520 | explanation of the reason for the punishment and the name of the | 
              
                | 3521 | other adult who was present. | 
              
                | 3522 | (2)  Teachers and other instructional personnel shall: | 
              
                | 3523 | (a)  Set and enforce reasonable classroom rules that treat | 
              
                | 3524 | all students equitably. | 
              
                | 3525 | (b)  Seek professional development to improve classroom | 
              
                | 3526 | management skills when data show that they are not effective in | 
              
                | 3527 | handling minor classroom disruptions. | 
              
                | 3528 | (c)  Maintain an orderly and disciplined classroom witha | 
              
                | 3529 | positive and effective learning environment that maximizes | 
              
                | 3530 | learning and minimizes disruption. | 
              
                | 3531 | (d)  Work with parents and other school personnel to solve | 
              
                | 3532 | discipline problems in their classrooms. | 
              
                | 3533 | (3)  A teacher may send a student to the principal's office | 
              
                | 3534 | to maintain effective discipline in the classroom and may | 
              
                | 3535 | recommend an appropriate consequence consistent with the student | 
              
                | 3536 | code of conduct under s. 1006.07. The principal shall respond by | 
              
                | 3537 | employing the teacher's recommended consequence or a more | 
              
                | 3538 | serious disciplinary action if the student's history of | 
              
                | 3539 | disruptive behavior warrants it. If the principal determines | 
              
                | 3540 | that a different disciplinary action is appropriate, the | 
              
                | 3541 | principal should consult with the teacher prior to taking such | 
              
                | 3542 | different disciplinary action appropriate discipline-management  | 
              
                | 3543 | techniques consistent with the student code of conduct under s.  | 
              
                | 3544 | 1006.07. | 
              
                | 3545 | (4)  A teacher may remove a student from class a student | 
              
                | 3546 | whose behavior the teacher determines interferes with the | 
              
                | 3547 | teacher's ability to communicate effectively with the students | 
              
                | 3548 | in the class or with the ability of the student's classmates to | 
              
                | 3549 | learn. Each district school board, each district school | 
              
                | 3550 | superintendent, and each school principal should support the | 
              
                | 3551 | authority of teachers to remove disobedient, violent, abusive, | 
              
                | 3552 | uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the classroom. | 
              
                | 3553 | (5)  If a teacher removes a student from class under | 
              
                | 3554 | subsection (4), the principal may place the student in another | 
              
                | 3555 | appropriate classroom, in in-school suspension, or in a dropout | 
              
                | 3556 | prevention and academic intervention program as provided by s. | 
              
                | 3557 | 1003.53; or the principal may recommend the student for out-of- | 
              
                | 3558 | school suspension or expulsion, as appropriate. The student may | 
              
                | 3559 | be prohibited from attending or participating in school- | 
              
                | 3560 | sponsored or school-related activities. The principal may not | 
              
                | 3561 | return the student to that teacher's class without the teacher's | 
              
                | 3562 | consent unless the committee established under subsection (6) | 
              
                | 3563 | determines that such placement is the best or only available | 
              
                | 3564 | alternative. The teacher and the placement review committee must | 
              
                | 3565 | render decisions within 5 days of the removal of the student | 
              
                | 3566 | from the classroom. | 
              
                | 3567 | (6)(a)  Each school shall establish a placement review | 
              
                | 3568 | committee to determine placement of a student when a teacher | 
              
                | 3569 | withholds consent to the return of a student to the teacher's | 
              
                | 3570 | class. A school principal must notify each teacher in that | 
              
                | 3571 | school about the availability, the procedures, and the criteria | 
              
                | 3572 | for the placement review committee as outlined in this section. | 
              
                | 3573 | (b)  The principal must report on a quarterly basis to the | 
              
                | 3574 | district school superintendent and district school board each | 
              
                | 3575 | incidence of a teacher's withholding consent for a removed | 
              
                | 3576 | student to return to the teacher's class and the disposition of | 
              
                | 3577 | the incident, and the superintendent must annually report these | 
              
                | 3578 | data to the department. | 
              
                | 3579 | (c)  The Commissioner of Education shall annually review | 
              
                | 3580 | each school district's compliance with this section, and success | 
              
                | 3581 | in achieving orderly classrooms, and shall use all appropriate | 
              
                | 3582 | enforcement actions up to and including the withholding of | 
              
                | 3583 | disbursements from the Educational Enhancement Trust Fund until | 
              
                | 3584 | full compliance is verified. | 
              
                | 3585 | (d)  Placement reviewcommittee membership must include at | 
              
                | 3586 | least the following: | 
              
                | 3587 | 1. (a)Two teachers, one selected by the school's faculty | 
              
                | 3588 | and one selected by the teacher who has removed the student. | 
              
                | 3589 | 2. (b)One member from the school's staff who is selected | 
              
                | 3590 | by the principal. | 
              
                | 3591 |  | 
              
                | 3592 | The teacher who withheld consent to readmitting the student may | 
              
                | 3593 | not serve on the committee. The teacher and the placement review | 
              
                | 3594 | committee must render decisions within 5 days after the removal | 
              
                | 3595 | of the student from the classroom. If the placement review | 
              
                | 3596 | committee's decision is contrary to the decision of the teacher | 
              
                | 3597 | to withhold consent to the return of the removed student to the | 
              
                | 3598 | teacher's class, the teacher may appeal the committee's decision | 
              
                | 3599 | to the district school superintendent. | 
              
                | 3600 | (7)  Any teacher who removes 25 percent of his or her total | 
              
                | 3601 | class enrollment shall be required to complete professional | 
              
                | 3602 | development to improve classroom management skills. | 
              
                | 3603 | (8)  Each teacher or other member of the staff of any | 
              
                | 3604 | school who knows or has reason to believe that any person has | 
              
                | 3605 | committed, or has made a credible threat to commit, a crime of | 
              
                | 3606 | violence on school property shall report such knowledge or | 
              
                | 3607 | belief in accordance with the provisions of s. 1006.13. Each | 
              
                | 3608 | district school superintendent and each school principal shall | 
              
                | 3609 | fully support good faith reporting in accordance with the | 
              
                | 3610 | provisions of this subsection and s. 1006.13. Any person who | 
              
                | 3611 | makes a report required by this subsection in good faith shall | 
              
                | 3612 | be immune from civil or criminal liability for making the | 
              
                | 3613 | report. | 
              
                | 3614 | (9) (8)When knowledgeable of the likely risk of physical | 
              
                | 3615 | violence in the schools, the district school board shall take | 
              
                | 3616 | reasonable steps to ensure that teachers, other school staff, | 
              
                | 3617 | and students are not at undue risk of violence or harm. | 
              
                | 3618 | Section 48.  Section 1004.04, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 3619 | to read: | 
              
                | 3620 | 1004.04  Public accountability and state approval for | 
              
                | 3621 | teacher preparation programs.-- | 
              
                | 3622 | (1)  INTENT.-- | 
              
                | 3623 | (a)The Legislature recognizes that skilled teachers make | 
              
                | 3624 | an important contribution to a system that allows students to | 
              
                | 3625 | obtain a high-quality education. | 
              
                | 3626 | (b)  The intent of the Legislature is to require the State | 
              
                | 3627 | Board of Education to attain establisha system for development | 
              
                | 3628 | and approval of teacher preparation programs that allows will  | 
              
                | 3629 | freepostsecondary teacher preparation institutions to employ | 
              
                | 3630 | varied and innovative teacher preparation techniques while being | 
              
                | 3631 | held accountable for producing graduates with the competencies | 
              
                | 3632 | and skills necessary to achieve the state education goals; help | 
              
                | 3633 | the state's diverse student population, including students who | 
              
                | 3634 | have substandard reading and computational skills andstudents | 
              
                | 3635 | with limited English proficiency, meet high standards for | 
              
                | 3636 | academic achievement; maintain safe, secure classroom learning | 
              
                | 3637 | environments; and sustain the state system of school improvement | 
              
                | 3638 | and education accountability established pursuant to ss. | 
              
                | 3639 | 1000.03(5) and 1008.345. | 
              
                | 3640 | (2)  UNIFORM CORE CURRICULA.-- | 
              
                | 3641 | (a)The State Board of Education shall adopt rules | 
              
                | 3642 | pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 that establish uniform | 
              
                | 3643 | core curricula for each state-approved teacher preparation | 
              
                | 3644 | program. | 
              
                | 3645 | (b)  The rules to establish uniform core curricula for each | 
              
                | 3646 | state-approved teacher preparation program must include, but are | 
              
                | 3647 | not limited to, a State Board of Education identified foundation | 
              
                | 3648 | in scientifically researched, knowledge-based reading literacy | 
              
                | 3649 | and computational skills acquisition; classroom management; | 
              
                | 3650 | school safety; professional ethics; educational law; human | 
              
                | 3651 | development and learning; and understanding of the Sunshine | 
              
                | 3652 | State Standards content measured by state achievement tests, | 
              
                | 3653 | reading and interpretation of data, and use of data to improve | 
              
                | 3654 | student achievement. | 
              
                | 3655 | (c)  These rules shall not require an additional period of | 
              
                | 3656 | time-to-degree but may be phased in to enable teacher | 
              
                | 3657 | preparation programs to supplant courses, including pedagogy | 
              
                | 3658 | courses, not required by law or State Board of Education rule | 
              
                | 3659 | with the courses identified pursuant to paragraph (b). | 
              
                | 3660 | (3) (2)DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAMS.--A | 
              
                | 3661 | system developed by the Department of Education in collaboration | 
              
                | 3662 | with postsecondary educational institutions shall assist | 
              
                | 3663 | departments and colleges of education in the restructuring of | 
              
                | 3664 | their programs in accordance with this sectionto meet the need | 
              
                | 3665 | for producing quality teachers now and in the future. | 
              
                | 3666 | (a)The system must be designed to assist teacher | 
              
                | 3667 | educators in conceptualizing, developing, implementing, and | 
              
                | 3668 | evaluating programs that meet state-adopted standards. These | 
              
                | 3669 | standards shall emphasize quality indicators drawn from | 
              
                | 3670 | research, professional literature, recognized guidelines, | 
              
                | 3671 | Florida essential teaching competencies and educator- | 
              
                | 3672 | accomplished practices, effective classroom practices, and the | 
              
                | 3673 | outcomes of the state system of school improvement and education | 
              
                | 3674 | accountability, as well as performance measures. | 
              
                | 3675 | (b)Departments and colleges of education shall emphasize | 
              
                | 3676 | the state system of school improvement and education | 
              
                | 3677 | accountability concepts and standards, including Sunshine State | 
              
                | 3678 | Standards. | 
              
                | 3679 | (c)State-approved teacher preparation programs must | 
              
                | 3680 | incorporate: | 
              
                | 3681 | 1.Appropriate English for Speakers of Other Languages | 
              
                | 3682 | instruction so that program graduates will have completed the | 
              
                | 3683 | requirements for teaching limited English proficient students in | 
              
                | 3684 | Florida public schools. | 
              
                | 3685 | 2.  Scientifically researched, knowledge-based reading | 
              
                | 3686 | literacy and computational skills instruction so that program | 
              
                | 3687 | graduates will be able to provide the necessary academic | 
              
                | 3688 | foundations for their students at whatever grade levels they | 
              
                | 3689 | choose to teach. | 
              
                | 3690 | (4) (3)INITIAL STATE PROGRAM APPROVAL.-- | 
              
                | 3691 | (a) A program approval process based on standards adopted | 
              
                | 3692 | pursuant to subsections subsection(2) and (3)must be | 
              
                | 3693 | established for postsecondary teacher preparation programs, | 
              
                | 3694 | phased in according to timelines determined by the Department of | 
              
                | 3695 | Education, and fully implemented for all teacher preparation | 
              
                | 3696 | programs in the state. Each program shall be approved by the | 
              
                | 3697 | department, consistent with the intent set forth in subsection | 
              
                | 3698 | (1) and based primarily upon significant, objective, and | 
              
                | 3699 | quantifiable graduate performance measures. | 
              
                | 3700 | (b)  Each teacher preparation program approved by the | 
              
                | 3701 | Department of Education, as provided for by this section, shall | 
              
                | 3702 | require students to meet the following as prerequisites for | 
              
                | 3703 | admission into the program: | 
              
                | 3704 | 1.  Have a grade point average of at least 2.5 on a 4.0 | 
              
                | 3705 | scale for the general education component of undergraduate | 
              
                | 3706 | studies or have completed the requirements for a baccalaureate | 
              
                | 3707 | degree with a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale | 
              
                | 3708 | from any college or university accredited by a regional | 
              
                | 3709 | accrediting association as defined by State Board of Education | 
              
                | 3710 | rule or any college or university otherwise approved pursuant to | 
              
                | 3711 | State Board of Education rule. | 
              
                | 3712 | 2.  Demonstrate mastery of general knowledge, including the | 
              
                | 3713 | ability to read, write, and compute, by passing the College | 
              
                | 3714 | Level Academic Skills Test, a corresponding component of the | 
              
                | 3715 | National Teachers Examination series, or a similar test pursuant | 
              
                | 3716 | to rules of the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 3717 |  | 
              
                | 3718 | Each teacher preparation program may waive these admissions | 
              
                | 3719 | requirements for up to 10 percent of the students admitted. | 
              
                | 3720 | Programs shall implement strategies to ensure that students | 
              
                | 3721 | admitted under a waiver receive assistance to demonstrate | 
              
                | 3722 | competencies to successfully meet requirements for | 
              
                | 3723 | certification. | 
              
                | 3724 | (5) (4)CONTINUED PROGRAM APPROVAL.--Notwithstanding | 
              
                | 3725 | subsection (4) (3), failure by a public or nonpublic teacher | 
              
                | 3726 | preparation program to meet the criteria for continued program | 
              
                | 3727 | approval shall result in loss of program approval. The | 
              
                | 3728 | Department of Education, in collaboration with the departments | 
              
                | 3729 | and colleges of education, shall develop procedures for | 
              
                | 3730 | continued program approval that document the continuous | 
              
                | 3731 | improvement of program processes and graduates' performance. | 
              
                | 3732 | (a)  Continued approval of specific teacher preparation | 
              
                | 3733 | programs at each public and nonpublic postsecondary educational | 
              
                | 3734 | institution within the state is contingent upon the passing of | 
              
                | 3735 | the written examination required by s. 1012.56 by at least 90 | 
              
                | 3736 | percent of the graduates of the program who take the | 
              
                | 3737 | examination. On request of an institution,The Department of | 
              
                | 3738 | Education shall annuallyprovide an analysis of the performance | 
              
                | 3739 | of the graduates of such institution with respect to the | 
              
                | 3740 | competencies assessed by the examination required by s. 1012.56. | 
              
                | 3741 | (b)  Additional criteria for continued program approval for | 
              
                | 3742 | public institutions may be approved by the State Board of | 
              
                | 3743 | Education. Such criteria must emphasize instruction in classroom | 
              
                | 3744 | management and must provide for the evaluation of the teacher | 
              
                | 3745 | candidates' performance in this area. The criteria shall also | 
              
                | 3746 | require instruction in working with underachieving students. | 
              
                | 3747 | Program evaluation procedures must include, but are not limited | 
              
                | 3748 | to, program graduates' satisfaction with instruction and the | 
              
                | 3749 | program's responsiveness to local school districts. Additional | 
              
                | 3750 | criteria for continued program approval for nonpublic | 
              
                | 3751 | institutions shall be developed in the same manner as for public | 
              
                | 3752 | institutions; however, such criteria must be based upon | 
              
                | 3753 | significant, objective, and quantifiable graduate performance | 
              
                | 3754 | measures. Responsibility for collecting data on outcome measures | 
              
                | 3755 | through survey instruments and other appropriate means shall be | 
              
                | 3756 | shared by the postsecondary educational institutions and the | 
              
                | 3757 | Department of Education. By January 1 of each year, the | 
              
                | 3758 | Department of Education shall report this information for each | 
              
                | 3759 | postsecondary educational institution that has state-approved | 
              
                | 3760 | programs of teacher education to the Governor, the State Board | 
              
                | 3761 | of Education, the Commissioner of Education, the President of | 
              
                | 3762 | the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, all | 
              
                | 3763 | Florida postsecondary teacher preparation programs, and | 
              
                | 3764 | interested members of the public. This report must analyze the | 
              
                | 3765 | data and make recommendations for improving teacher preparation | 
              
                | 3766 | programs in the state. | 
              
                | 3767 | (c)  Continued approval for a teacher preparation program | 
              
                | 3768 | is contingent upon the results of periodic annualreviews, on a | 
              
                | 3769 | schedule established by the State Board of Education,of the | 
              
                | 3770 | program conducted by the postsecondary educational institution, | 
              
                | 3771 | using procedures and criteria outlined in an institutional | 
              
                | 3772 | program evaluation plan approved by the Department of Education. | 
              
                | 3773 | This plan must incorporate the criteria established in | 
              
                | 3774 | paragraphs (a) and (b) and include provisions for involving | 
              
                | 3775 | primary stakeholders, such as program graduates, district school | 
              
                | 3776 | personnel, classroom teachers, principals, community agencies, | 
              
                | 3777 | and business representatives in the evaluation process. Upon | 
              
                | 3778 | request by an institution, the department shall provide | 
              
                | 3779 | assistance in developing, enhancing, or reviewing the | 
              
                | 3780 | institutional program evaluation plan and training evaluation | 
              
                | 3781 | team members. | 
              
                | 3782 | (d)  Continued approval for a teacher preparation program | 
              
                | 3783 | is contingent upon standards being in place that are designed to | 
              
                | 3784 | adequately prepare elementary, middle, and high school teachers | 
              
                | 3785 | to instruct their students in reading andhigher-level | 
              
                | 3786 | mathematics concepts and in the use of technology at the | 
              
                | 3787 | appropriate grade level. | 
              
                | 3788 | (e)  Continued approval of teacher preparation programs is | 
              
                | 3789 | contingent upon compliance with the student admission | 
              
                | 3790 | requirements of subsection (4) (3)and upon the receipt of at | 
              
                | 3791 | least a satisfactory rating from public schools and private | 
              
                | 3792 | schools that employ graduates of the program. Each teacher | 
              
                | 3793 | preparation program at a state university or community college | 
              
                | 3794 | shall guarantee that its graduates will demonstrate the skills | 
              
                | 3795 | specified in subparagraphs 1.-5. during the first 2 years | 
              
                | 3796 | immediately following graduation from the program or following | 
              
                | 3797 | initial certification, whichever occurs first. Any teacher in a | 
              
                | 3798 | Florida public school who fails to demonstrate the essential | 
              
                | 3799 | skills specified in subparagraphs 1.-5. shall be provided | 
              
                | 3800 | additional training by the state university or community college | 
              
                | 3801 | from which he or she received the education degree at no expense | 
              
                | 3802 | to the teacher or the employer. Such training must consist of an | 
              
                | 3803 | individualized plan agreed upon by the school district and the | 
              
                | 3804 | public postsecondary educational institution that includes | 
              
                | 3805 | specific learning outcomes. The public postsecondary educational | 
              
                | 3806 | institution assumes no responsibility for the teacher's | 
              
                | 3807 | employment contract with the employer.Employer satisfaction | 
              
                | 3808 | shall be determined by a an annually administeredsurvey | 
              
                | 3809 | instrument approved by the Department of Education and annually | 
              
                | 3810 | administered by the postsecondary educational institutionthat, | 
              
                | 3811 | at a minimum, must include employer satisfaction of the | 
              
                | 3812 | graduates' ability to do the following: | 
              
                | 3813 | 1.  Write and speak in a logical and understandable style | 
              
                | 3814 | with appropriate grammar. | 
              
                | 3815 | 2.  Recognize signs of students' difficulty with the | 
              
                | 3816 | reading and computational process and apply appropriate measures | 
              
                | 3817 | to improve students' reading and computational performance. | 
              
                | 3818 | 3.  Use and integrate appropriate technology in teaching | 
              
                | 3819 | and learning processes. | 
              
                | 3820 | 4.  Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Sunshine | 
              
                | 3821 | State Standards. | 
              
                | 3822 | 5.  Maintain an orderly and disciplined classroom conducive | 
              
                | 3823 | to student learning. | 
              
                | 3824 | (f)1.  Each Florida public and private institution that | 
              
                | 3825 | offers a state-approved teacher preparation program must | 
              
                | 3826 | annually report information regarding these programs to the | 
              
                | 3827 | state and the general public. This information shall be reported | 
              
                | 3828 | in a uniform and comprehensible manner that is consistent with | 
              
                | 3829 | definitions and methods approved by the Commissioner of the | 
              
                | 3830 | National Center for Educational Statistics and that is approved | 
              
                | 3831 | by the State Board of Education. This information must include, | 
              
                | 3832 | at a minimum: | 
              
                | 3833 | a.  The percent of graduates obtaining full-time teaching | 
              
                | 3834 | employment within the first year of graduation. | 
              
                | 3835 | b.  The average length of stay of graduates in their full- | 
              
                | 3836 | time teaching positions. | 
              
                | 3837 | c.  Satisfaction ratings required in paragraph (e). | 
              
                | 3838 | 2.  Each public and private institution offering training | 
              
                | 3839 | for school readiness related professions, including training in | 
              
                | 3840 | the fields of child care and early childhood education, whether | 
              
                | 3841 | offering technical credit, associate in applied science degree | 
              
                | 3842 | programs, associate in science degree programs, or associate in | 
              
                | 3843 | arts degree programs, shall annually report information | 
              
                | 3844 | regarding these programs to the state and the general public in | 
              
                | 3845 | a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with | 
              
                | 3846 | definitions and methods approved by the State Board of | 
              
                | 3847 | Education. This information must include, at a minimum: | 
              
                | 3848 | a.  Average length of stay of graduates in their positions. | 
              
                | 3849 | b.  Satisfaction ratings of graduates' employers. | 
              
                | 3850 |  | 
              
                | 3851 | This information shall be reported through publications, | 
              
                | 3852 | including college and university catalogs and promotional | 
              
                | 3853 | materials sent to potential applicants, secondary school | 
              
                | 3854 | guidance counselors, and prospective employers of the | 
              
                | 3855 | institution's program graduates. | 
              
                | 3856 | (6) (5)PRESERVICE FIELD EXPERIENCE.--All postsecondary | 
              
                | 3857 | instructors, school district personnel and instructional | 
              
                | 3858 | personnel, and school sites preparing instructional personnel | 
              
                | 3859 | through preservice field experience courses and internships | 
              
                | 3860 | shall meet special requirements. District school boards are | 
              
                | 3861 | authorized to pay student teachers during their internships. | 
              
                | 3862 | (a)  All instructors in postsecondary teacher preparation | 
              
                | 3863 | programs who instruct or supervise preservice field experience | 
              
                | 3864 | courses or internships shall have at least one of the following: | 
              
                | 3865 | specialized training in clinical supervision; a valid | 
              
                | 3866 | professional teaching certificate pursuant to ss. 1012.56 and | 
              
                | 3867 | 1012.585; or at least 3 years of successful teaching experience | 
              
                | 3868 | in prekindergarten through grade 12. | 
              
                | 3869 | (b)  All school district personnel and instructional | 
              
                | 3870 | personnel who supervise or direct teacher preparation students | 
              
                | 3871 | during field experience courses or internships must have | 
              
                | 3872 | evidence of "clinical educator" training and must successfully | 
              
                | 3873 | demonstrate effective classroom management strategies that | 
              
                | 3874 | consistently result in improved student performance. The State | 
              
                | 3875 | Board of Education shall approve the training requirements. | 
              
                | 3876 | (c)  Preservice field experience programs must provide | 
              
                | 3877 | specific guidance and demonstration of effective classroom | 
              
                | 3878 | management strategies, strategies for incorporating technology | 
              
                | 3879 | into classroom instruction, strategies for incorporating | 
              
                | 3880 | scientifically researched, knowledge-based reading literacy and | 
              
                | 3881 | computational skills acquisition into classroom instruction,and | 
              
                | 3882 | ways to link instructional plans to the Sunshine State | 
              
                | 3883 | Standards, as appropriate. The length of structured field | 
              
                | 3884 | experiences may be extended to ensure that candidates achieve | 
              
                | 3885 | the competencies needed to meet certification requirements. | 
              
                | 3886 | (d)  Postsecondary teacher preparation programs in | 
              
                | 3887 | cooperation with district school boards and approved private | 
              
                | 3888 | school associations shall select the school sites for preservice | 
              
                | 3889 | field experience activities. These sites must represent the full | 
              
                | 3890 | spectrum of school communities, including, but not limited to, | 
              
                | 3891 | schools located in urban settings. In order to be selected, | 
              
                | 3892 | school sites must demonstrate commitment to the education of | 
              
                | 3893 | public school students and to the preparation of future | 
              
                | 3894 | teachers. | 
              
                | 3895 | (7) (6)STANDARDS OF EXCELLENCE.--The State Board of | 
              
                | 3896 | Education shall approve standards of excellence for teacher | 
              
                | 3897 | preparation. These standards must exceed the requirements for | 
              
                | 3898 | program approval pursuant to subsection (4) (3)and must | 
              
                | 3899 | incorporate state and national recommendations for exemplary | 
              
                | 3900 | teacher preparation programs. | 
              
                | 3901 | (8) (7)NATIONAL BOARD STANDARDS.--The State Board of | 
              
                | 3902 | Education shall review standards and recommendations developed | 
              
                | 3903 | by the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards and | 
              
                | 3904 | may incorporate those parts deemed appropriate into criteria for | 
              
                | 3905 | continued state program approval, standards of excellence, and | 
              
                | 3906 | requirements for inservice education. | 
              
                | 3907 | (9) (8)COMMUNITY COLLEGES.--To the extent practical, | 
              
                | 3908 | postsecondary educational institutions offering teacher | 
              
                | 3909 | preparation programs shall establish articulation agreements on | 
              
                | 3910 | a core of liberal arts courses and introductory professional | 
              
                | 3911 | courses with field experience components which shall be offered | 
              
                | 3912 | at community colleges. | 
              
                | 3913 | (10) (9)PRETEACHER AND TEACHER EDUCATION PILOT | 
              
                | 3914 | PROGRAMS.--State universities and community colleges may | 
              
                | 3915 | establish preteacher education and teacher education pilot | 
              
                | 3916 | programs to encourage promising minority students to prepare for | 
              
                | 3917 | a career in education. These pilot programs shall be designed to | 
              
                | 3918 | recruit and provide additional academic, clinical, and | 
              
                | 3919 | counseling support for students whom the institution judges to | 
              
                | 3920 | be potentially successful teacher education candidates, but who | 
              
                | 3921 | may not meet teacher education program admission standards. | 
              
                | 3922 | Priority consideration shall be given to those pilot programs | 
              
                | 3923 | that are jointly submitted by community colleges and state | 
              
                | 3924 | universities. | 
              
                | 3925 | (a)  These pilot programs shall be approved by the State | 
              
                | 3926 | Board of Education and shall be designed to provide help and | 
              
                | 3927 | support for program participants during the preteacher education | 
              
                | 3928 | period of general academic preparation at a community college or | 
              
                | 3929 | state university and during professional preparation in a state- | 
              
                | 3930 | approved teacher education program. Emphasis shall be placed on | 
              
                | 3931 | development of the basic skills needed by successful teachers. | 
              
                | 3932 | (b)  State universities and community colleges may admit | 
              
                | 3933 | into the pilot program those incoming students who demonstrate | 
              
                | 3934 | an interest in teaching as a career, but who may not meet the | 
              
                | 3935 | requirements for entrance into an approved teacher education | 
              
                | 3936 | program. | 
              
                | 3937 | 1.  Flexibility may be given to colleges of education to | 
              
                | 3938 | develop and market innovative teacher training programs directed | 
              
                | 3939 | at specific target groups such as graduates from the colleges of | 
              
                | 3940 | arts and sciences, employed education paraprofessionals, | 
              
                | 3941 | substitute teachers, early federal retirees, and nontraditional | 
              
                | 3942 | college students. Programs must be submitted to the State Board | 
              
                | 3943 | of Education for approval. | 
              
                | 3944 | 2.  Academically successful graduates in the fields of | 
              
                | 3945 | liberal arts and science may be encouraged to embark upon a | 
              
                | 3946 | career in education. | 
              
                | 3947 | 3.  Models may be developed to provide a positive initial | 
              
                | 3948 | experience in teaching in order to encourage retention. Priority | 
              
                | 3949 | should be given to models that encourage minority graduates. | 
              
                | 3950 | (c)  In order to be certified, a graduate from a pilot | 
              
                | 3951 | program shall meet all requirements for teacher certification | 
              
                | 3952 | specified by s. 1012.56. Should a graduate of a pilot program | 
              
                | 3953 | not meet the requirements of s. 1012.56, that person shall not | 
              
                | 3954 | be included in the calculations required by paragraph (5) (4)(a) | 
              
                | 3955 | and State Board of Education rules for continued program | 
              
                | 3956 | approval, or in the statutes used by the State Board of | 
              
                | 3957 | Education in deciding which teacher education programs to | 
              
                | 3958 | approve. | 
              
                | 3959 | (d)  Institutions participating in the pilot program shall | 
              
                | 3960 | submit an annual report evaluating the success of the program to | 
              
                | 3961 | the Commissioner of Education by March 1 of each year. The | 
              
                | 3962 | report shall include, at a minimum, contain, but shall not be  | 
              
                | 3963 | limited to:the number of pilot program participants, including | 
              
                | 3964 | the number participating in general education and the number | 
              
                | 3965 | admitted to approved teacher education programs, the number of | 
              
                | 3966 | pilot program graduates, and the number of pilot program | 
              
                | 3967 | graduates who met the requirements of s. 1012.56. The | 
              
                | 3968 | commissioner shall consider the number of participants | 
              
                | 3969 | recruited, the number of graduates, and the number of graduates | 
              
                | 3970 | successfully meeting the requirements of s. 1012.56 reported by | 
              
                | 3971 | each institution, and shall make an annual recommendation to the | 
              
                | 3972 | State Board of Education regarding the institution's continued | 
              
                | 3973 | participation in the pilot program. | 
              
                | 3974 | (11) (10)TEACHER EDUCATION PILOT PROGRAMS FOR HIGH- | 
              
                | 3975 | ACHIEVING STUDENTS.--Pilot teacher preparation programs may | 
              
                | 3976 | shallbe established at any college or university that has a | 
              
                | 3977 | state board approved teacher preparation program the University  | 
              
                | 3978 | of Central Florida, the University of North Florida, and the  | 
              
                | 3979 | University of South Florida. These programs shall include a | 
              
                | 3980 | year-long paid teaching assignment and competency-based learning | 
              
                | 3981 | experiences and shall be designed to encourage high-achieving | 
              
                | 3982 | students, as identified by the institution, to pursue a career | 
              
                | 3983 | in education. Priority consideration shall be given to students | 
              
                | 3984 | obtaining academic degrees in mathematics, science, engineering, | 
              
                | 3985 | reading, or identified critical shortage areas.Students chosen | 
              
                | 3986 | to participate in the pilot programs shall agree to teach for at | 
              
                | 3987 | least 3 years 1 yearafter they receive their degrees. Criteria | 
              
                | 3988 | for identifying high-achieving students shall be developed by | 
              
                | 3989 | the institution and shall include, at a minimum, requirements | 
              
                | 3990 | that the student have a 3.3 grade point average or above and | 
              
                | 3991 | that the student has demonstrated mastery of general knowledge | 
              
                | 3992 | pursuant to s. 1012.56. The year-long paid teaching assignment | 
              
                | 3993 | shall begin after completion of the equivalent of 3 years of the | 
              
                | 3994 | state university teacher preparation program. | 
              
                | 3995 | (a)  Each pilot program shall be designed to include: | 
              
                | 3996 | 1.  A year-long paid teaching assignment at a low- | 
              
                | 3997 | performing specifiedschool site during the fourth year of the | 
              
                | 3998 | state university teacher preparation program, which includes | 
              
                | 3999 | intense supervision by a support team trained in clinical | 
              
                | 4000 | education. The support team shall include a state university | 
              
                | 4001 | supervisor and experienced school-based mentors. A mentor | 
              
                | 4002 | teacher shall be assigned to each fourth year employed teacher | 
              
                | 4003 | to implement an individualized learning plan. This mentor | 
              
                | 4004 | teacher will be considered an adjunct professor for purposes of | 
              
                | 4005 | this program and may receive credit for time spent as a mentor | 
              
                | 4006 | teacher in the program. The mentor teacher must have a master's | 
              
                | 4007 | degree or above, a minimum of 3 years of teaching experience, | 
              
                | 4008 | and clinical education training or certification by the National | 
              
                | 4009 | Board for ofProfessional Teaching Standards. Experiences and | 
              
                | 4010 | instruction may be delivered by other mentors, assigned | 
              
                | 4011 | teachers, professors, individualized learning, and | 
              
                | 4012 | demonstrations. Students in this paid teaching assignment shall | 
              
                | 4013 | assume full responsibility of all teaching duties. | 
              
                | 4014 | 2.  Professional education curriculum requirements that | 
              
                | 4015 | address the educator-accomplished practices and other | 
              
                | 4016 | competencies specified in state board rule. | 
              
                | 4017 | 3.  A modified instructional delivery system that provides | 
              
                | 4018 | onsite training during the paid teaching assignment in the | 
              
                | 4019 | professional education areas and competencies specified in this | 
              
                | 4020 | subsection. The institutions participating in this pilot program | 
              
                | 4021 | shall be given a waiver to provide a modified instructional | 
              
                | 4022 | delivery system meeting criteria that allows earned credit | 
              
                | 4023 | through nontraditional approaches. The modified system may | 
              
                | 4024 | provide for an initial evaluation of the candidate's | 
              
                | 4025 | competencies to determine an appropriate individualized | 
              
                | 4026 | professional development plan and may provide for earned credit | 
              
                | 4027 | by: | 
              
                | 4028 | a.  Internet learning and competency acquisition. | 
              
                | 4029 | b.  Learning acquired by observing demonstrations and being | 
              
                | 4030 | observed in application. | 
              
                | 4031 | c.  Independent study or instruction by mentor teachers or | 
              
                | 4032 | adjunct teachers. | 
              
                | 4033 | 4.  Satisfactory demonstration of the educator-accomplished | 
              
                | 4034 | practices and content area competencies for program completion. | 
              
                | 4035 | 5.  For program completion, required achievement of passing | 
              
                | 4036 | scores on all tests required for certification by State Board of | 
              
                | 4037 | Education rules. | 
              
                | 4038 | (b)  Beginning in July 2003, each institution participating | 
              
                | 4039 | in the pilot program shall submit to the Commissioner of | 
              
                | 4040 | Education an annual report evaluating the effectiveness of the | 
              
                | 4041 | program. The report shall include, but shall not be limited to, | 
              
                | 4042 | the number of students selected for the pilot program, the | 
              
                | 4043 | number of students successfully completing the pilot program, | 
              
                | 4044 | the number of program participants who passed all required | 
              
                | 4045 | examinations, the number of program participants who | 
              
                | 4046 | successfully demonstrated all required competencies, and a | 
              
                | 4047 | follow-up study to determine the number of pilot program | 
              
                | 4048 | completers who were employed in a teaching position and | 
              
                | 4049 | employers' satisfaction with the performance of pilot program | 
              
                | 4050 | completers based on student performance. | 
              
                | 4051 | (c)  This subsection shall be implemented to the extent | 
              
                | 4052 | specifically funded in the General Appropriations Act. | 
              
                | 4053 | (12) (11)RULES.--The State Board of Education shall adopt | 
              
                | 4054 | necessary rules pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to | 
              
                | 4055 | implement this section. | 
              
                | 4056 | Section 49.  Subsection (1) of section 1006.08, Florida | 
              
                | 4057 | Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 4058 | 1006.08  District school superintendent duties relating to | 
              
                | 4059 | student discipline and school safety.-- | 
              
                | 4060 | (1)  The district school superintendent shall recommend | 
              
                | 4061 | plans to the district school board for the proper accounting for | 
              
                | 4062 | all students of school age, for the attendance and control of | 
              
                | 4063 | students at school, andfor the proper attention to health, | 
              
                | 4064 | safety, and other matters which will best promote the welfare of | 
              
                | 4065 | students. Each district school superintendent should fully | 
              
                | 4066 | support the authority of principals, teachers, according to s. | 
              
                | 4067 | 1003.32, and school bus drivers to remove disobedient, | 
              
                | 4068 | disrespectful, violent, abusive, uncontrollable, or disruptive | 
              
                | 4069 | students from the classroom and the school bus and, when | 
              
                | 4070 | appropriate and available, to place such students in an | 
              
                | 4071 | alternative educational setting.When the district school | 
              
                | 4072 | superintendent makes a recommendation for expulsion to the | 
              
                | 4073 | district school board, he or she shall give written notice to | 
              
                | 4074 | the student and the student's parent of the recommendation, | 
              
                | 4075 | setting forth the charges against the student and advising the | 
              
                | 4076 | student and his or her parent of the student's right to due | 
              
                | 4077 | process as prescribed by ss. 120.569 and 120.57(2). When | 
              
                | 4078 | district school board action on a recommendation for the | 
              
                | 4079 | expulsion of a student is pending, the district school | 
              
                | 4080 | superintendent may extend the suspension assigned by the | 
              
                | 4081 | principal beyond 10 school days if such suspension period | 
              
                | 4082 | expires before the next regular or special meeting of the | 
              
                | 4083 | district school board. | 
              
                | 4084 | Section 50.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of section | 
              
                | 4085 | 1006.09, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 4086 | 1006.09  Duties of school principal relating to student | 
              
                | 4087 | discipline and school safety.-- | 
              
                | 4088 | (1)(a)  Subject to law and to the rules of the State Board | 
              
                | 4089 | of Education and the district school board, the principal in | 
              
                | 4090 | charge of the school or the principal's designee shall develop | 
              
                | 4091 | policies for delegating to any teacher or other member of the | 
              
                | 4092 | instructional staff or to any bus driver transporting students | 
              
                | 4093 | of the school responsibility for the control and direction of | 
              
                | 4094 | students. Each school principal should fully support the | 
              
                | 4095 | authority of teachers, according to s. 1003.32, and school bus | 
              
                | 4096 | drivers to remove disobedient, disrespectful, violent, abusive, | 
              
                | 4097 | uncontrollable, or disruptive students from the classroom and | 
              
                | 4098 | the school bus and, when appropriate and available, place such | 
              
                | 4099 | students in an alternative educational setting.The principal or | 
              
                | 4100 | the principal's designee must give full consideration to shall  | 
              
                | 4101 | considerthe recommendation for discipline made by a teacher, | 
              
                | 4102 | other member of the instructional staff, or a bus driver when | 
              
                | 4103 | making a decision regarding student referral for discipline. | 
              
                | 4104 | Section 51.  Section 1009.59, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 4105 | to read: | 
              
                | 4106 | 1009.59 CriticalTeacherShortageStudent Loan | 
              
                | 4107 | Reimbursement ForgivenessProgram.-- | 
              
                | 4108 | (1)  The CriticalTeacherShortageStudent Loan | 
              
                | 4109 | Reimbursement ForgivenessProgram is established to encourage | 
              
                | 4110 | qualified personnel with undergraduate or graduate degrees in | 
              
                | 4111 | mathematics, science, engineering, reading, or State Board of | 
              
                | 4112 | Education designated critical teacher shortage areasto seek | 
              
                | 4113 | employment as teachers in Florida's publicly funded schools in  | 
              
                | 4114 | subject areas in which critical teacher shortages exist, as  | 
              
                | 4115 | identified annually by the State Board of Education. The primary | 
              
                | 4116 | purpose functionof the program is to enhance the quality of | 
              
                | 4117 | Florida's teacher workforce by making makerepayments toward | 
              
                | 4118 | loans received by the selectedstudents from federal programs or | 
              
                | 4119 | commercial lending institutions for the support of postsecondary | 
              
                | 4120 | education study. Repayments are intended to be made to qualified | 
              
                | 4121 | applicants with undergraduate or graduate degrees in | 
              
                | 4122 | mathematics, science, engineering, reading, or State Board of | 
              
                | 4123 | Education designated critical teacher shortage areas who begin  | 
              
                | 4124 | teaching for the first time in designated subject areas, andwho | 
              
                | 4125 | apply during their first full year of teaching in a publicly | 
              
                | 4126 | funded school in Floridaas certified teachers in these subject | 
              
                | 4127 | areas. Repayment shall be prorated if a teacher teaches at least | 
              
                | 4128 | 90 days during the first year of teaching. | 
              
                | 4129 | (2)  From the funds available, the Department of Education | 
              
                | 4130 | may make loan principal repayments on behalf of persons with | 
              
                | 4131 | degrees in mathematics, science, engineering, reading, or state | 
              
                | 4132 | board designated critical teacher shortage areas who are | 
              
                | 4133 | certified to teach in Florida public schools. The repayments may | 
              
                | 4134 | be madeas follows: | 
              
                | 4135 | (a)  Up to $1,500 the first year the person is employed as | 
              
                | 4136 | a teacher in a publicly funded school in Florida $2,500 a year  | 
              
                | 4137 | for up to 4 years on behalf of selected graduates of state- | 
              
                | 4138 | approved undergraduate postsecondary teacher preparation  | 
              
                | 4139 | programs, persons certified to teach pursuant to any applicable  | 
              
                | 4140 | teacher certification requirements, or selected teacher  | 
              
                | 4141 | preparation graduates from any state participating in the  | 
              
                | 4142 | Interstate Agreement on the Qualification of Educational  | 
              
                | 4143 | Personnel. | 
              
                | 4144 | (b)  Up to $2,500 for the second year the person is | 
              
                | 4145 | employed as a teacher in a publicly funded school in Florida | 
              
                | 4146 | $5,000 a year for up to 2 years on behalf of selected graduates  | 
              
                | 4147 | of state-approved graduate postsecondary teacher preparation  | 
              
                | 4148 | programs, persons with graduate degrees certified to teach  | 
              
                | 4149 | pursuant to any applicable teacher certification requirements,  | 
              
                | 4150 | or selected teacher preparation graduates from any state  | 
              
                | 4151 | participating in the Interstate Agreement on the Qualification  | 
              
                | 4152 | of Educational Personnel. | 
              
                | 4153 | (c)  Up to $3,500 for the third year the person is employed | 
              
                | 4154 | as a teacher in a publicly funded school in Florida. | 
              
                | 4155 | (d)  Up to $4,500 for the fourth year and each subsequent | 
              
                | 4156 | year, up to a maximum of 10 years, the person is employed as a | 
              
                | 4157 | teacher in a publicly funded school in Florida. | 
              
                | 4158 | (e) (c)All repayments shall be contingent on continued | 
              
                | 4159 | proof of satisfactory employment in a teacher position the  | 
              
                | 4160 | designated subject areasin a publicly funded school inthis | 
              
                | 4161 | state and shall be made directly to the holder of the loan or | 
              
                | 4162 | the applicant. The state shall not bear responsibility for the | 
              
                | 4163 | collection of any interest charges or other remaining balance. | 
              
                | 4164 | In the event that designated critical teacher shortage subject  | 
              
                | 4165 | areas are changed by the State Board of Education,A teacher | 
              
                | 4166 | shall continue to be eligible for loan reimbursement in | 
              
                | 4167 | accordance with paragraphs (a)-(d) for up to the maximum of 10 | 
              
                | 4168 | years if forgiveness as long ashe or she continues to teach in | 
              
                | 4169 | a subject area or in a critical shortage area pursuant to this | 
              
                | 4170 | section at a publicly funded school in Florida in the subject  | 
              
                | 4171 | area for which the original loan repayment was madeand | 
              
                | 4172 | otherwise meets all conditions of eligibility. | 
              
                | 4173 | (3)  Students receiving a statescholarship loan or a | 
              
                | 4174 | fellowship loan are not eligible to participate in the Critical | 
              
                | 4175 | Teacher ShortageStudent Loan ReimbursementForgivenessProgram. | 
              
                | 4176 | (4)  The Department of Education must advertise the | 
              
                | 4177 | availability of this program and must advise school districts, | 
              
                | 4178 | postsecondary educational institutions, and the public of the | 
              
                | 4179 | criteria and application procedures. | 
              
                | 4180 | (5) (4)The State Board of Education may adopt rules | 
              
                | 4181 | pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 necessary for the | 
              
                | 4182 | administration of this program. | 
              
                | 4183 | (6) (5)This section shall be implemented only to the | 
              
                | 4184 | extent as specifically funded and authorized by law. | 
              
                | 4185 | Section 52.  Section 1009.591, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 4186 | to read: | 
              
                | 4187 | 1009.591  Teaching Fellows Program.--There is created the | 
              
                | 4188 | Teaching Fellows Program to encourage graduate students in | 
              
                | 4189 | mathematics, science, or engineering disciplines or state board | 
              
                | 4190 | designated critical teacher shortage areas to enter the teaching | 
              
                | 4191 | profession in public schools in Florida. The program shall be | 
              
                | 4192 | administered by the Department of Education. | 
              
                | 4193 | (1)  The Teaching Fellows Program shall provide an annual | 
              
                | 4194 | stipend of $5,000 for each approved teaching fellow who is | 
              
                | 4195 | enrolled full-time in one of Florida's public or private | 
              
                | 4196 | universities in a graduate program in a mathematics, science, or | 
              
                | 4197 | engineering discipline or a state board designated critical | 
              
                | 4198 | teacher shortage area and commits to teach in a publicly funded | 
              
                | 4199 | school in Florida for 5 consecutive years immediately following | 
              
                | 4200 | completion of the graduate program. | 
              
                | 4201 | (2)  It is the intent of the Legislature that the total | 
              
                | 4202 | amount appropriated annually for the program be sufficient to | 
              
                | 4203 | provide 200 teaching fellows with stipends of $5,000 per year | 
              
                | 4204 | and to provide a $5,000 signing bonus to each fellow upon | 
              
                | 4205 | initial employment as a teacher in a Florida public school | 
              
                | 4206 | graded "A," "B," or "C," or a $10,000 signing bonus upon | 
              
                | 4207 | employment in a Florida public school graded "D" or "F" with | 
              
                | 4208 | $5,000 at initial employment and $5,000 upon completion of the | 
              
                | 4209 | first year of teaching. | 
              
                | 4210 | (3)  A teaching fellow may receive a stipend from the | 
              
                | 4211 | program for up to 4 consecutive years if the teaching fellow | 
              
                | 4212 | remains enrolled full-time in an eligible program and makes | 
              
                | 4213 | satisfactory progress toward a graduate degree in a program in a | 
              
                | 4214 | mathematics, science, or engineering discipline or a state board | 
              
                | 4215 | designated critical teacher shortage area. | 
              
                | 4216 | (4)  A teaching fellow who receives a stipend pursuant to | 
              
                | 4217 | this section and attends a state university shall also receive a | 
              
                | 4218 | waiver of tuition and out-of-state fees, if applicable, at that | 
              
                | 4219 | university. | 
              
                | 4220 | (5)  If a teaching fellow graduates and is employed | 
              
                | 4221 | following graduation as a teacher in a publicly funded school in | 
              
                | 4222 | Florida for 5 consecutive years, the teaching fellow is not | 
              
                | 4223 | required to repay the amount received as stipends, bonus, or | 
              
                | 4224 | tuition and fee waivers pursuant to this program. | 
              
                | 4225 | (6)  If a teaching fellow does not obtain a graduate degree | 
              
                | 4226 | within 4 years, or if the teaching fellow graduates but does not | 
              
                | 4227 | teach in a publicly funded school in Florida for 5 consecutive | 
              
                | 4228 | years following graduation, the teaching fellow must repay the | 
              
                | 4229 | Department of Education, on a schedule to be determined by the | 
              
                | 4230 | department, the total amount awarded for stipends, bonus, and | 
              
                | 4231 | tuition and fee waivers received pursuant to this program plus | 
              
                | 4232 | annual interest of 8 percent accruing from the date of the | 
              
                | 4233 | scholarship payment. Moneys repaid shall be deposited into the | 
              
                | 4234 | State Student Financial Assistance Trust Fund established in s. | 
              
                | 4235 | 1010.73. However, the department may provide additional time for | 
              
                | 4236 | repayment if the department finds that circumstances beyond the | 
              
                | 4237 | control of the recipient caused or contributed to default on the | 
              
                | 4238 | repayment. | 
              
                | 4239 | (7)  Recipients under this program are not eligible to | 
              
                | 4240 | participate in the Teacher Student Loan Reimbursement Program. | 
              
                | 4241 | (8)  The department must advertise the availability of this | 
              
                | 4242 | program and advise school districts, postsecondary educational | 
              
                | 4243 | institutions, and the public of the criteria and application | 
              
                | 4244 | procedures. | 
              
                | 4245 | (9)  The State Board of Education may adopt rules pursuant | 
              
                | 4246 | to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 necessary for the administration of | 
              
                | 4247 | this program. | 
              
                | 4248 | (10)  This section shall be implemented only to the extent | 
              
                | 4249 | as specifically funded and authorized by law. | 
              
                | 4250 | Section 53.  Section 1011.63, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 4251 | to read: | 
              
                | 4252 | 1011.63  Better educated students and teachers (BEST) | 
              
                | 4253 | Florida teaching categorical fund for salary career ladder; | 
              
                | 4254 | performance pay reserve fund bonuses.-- | 
              
                | 4255 | (1)  There is created a categorical fund to fund a salary | 
              
                | 4256 | career ladder for teacher salary levels pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 4257 | 1012.231(2). To access this fund, school districts must first | 
              
                | 4258 | comply with the requirements of s. 1003.03(2) and (3) and also | 
              
                | 4259 | comply with the requirements of s. 1012.22(1)(c)4. by rewarding | 
              
                | 4260 | each of their classroom teachers in the "career teacher" | 
              
                | 4261 | category, pursuant to s. 1012.231(2)(b), whose students | 
              
                | 4262 | demonstrate more than a year’s worth of learning in 1 year as | 
              
                | 4263 | measured by the FCAT or local assessment in accordance with s. | 
              
                | 4264 | 1008.22(3) or (7) with an annual performance bonus pursuant to | 
              
                | 4265 | paragraph (2)(b). | 
              
                | 4266 | (2)(a)  Beginning with the 2003-2004 academic year, | 
              
                | 4267 | categorical funds for BEST Florida teaching shall be allocated | 
              
                | 4268 | annually to each school district based on each school district's | 
              
                | 4269 | proportionate share of full-time K-12 classroom teachers. These | 
              
                | 4270 | funds shall be in addition to the funds appropriated on the | 
              
                | 4271 | basis of full-time equivalent student membership in the Florida | 
              
                | 4272 | Education Finance Program and shall be included in the total | 
              
                | 4273 | potential funds of each school district. These funds shall be | 
              
                | 4274 | used only to fund a salary career ladder for teacher salary | 
              
                | 4275 | levels pursuant to s. 1012.231(2). | 
              
                | 4276 | (b)  Each district school board shall also use a portion of | 
              
                | 4277 | its performance pay reserve funds required pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 4278 | 1012.22(1)(c)4. to provide BEST Florida teaching bonuses of up | 
              
                | 4279 | to $3,000 to each full-time K-12 classroom teacher in the | 
              
                | 4280 | "career teacher" category, pursuant to s. 1012.231(2)(b), whose | 
              
                | 4281 | students demonstrate more than a year’s worth of learning in 1 | 
              
                | 4282 | year as measured by the FCAT or local assessment in accordance | 
              
                | 4283 | with s. 1008.22(3) or (7). | 
              
                | 4284 | (3)  A school district that has satisfied the requirements | 
              
                | 4285 | of subsections (1) and (2) and the requirements of s. 1003.03(2) | 
              
                | 4286 | and (3) may use the funds for any lawful operating expenditure; | 
              
                | 4287 | however, priority should be given to increasing the salary of | 
              
                | 4288 | career teachers as defined in s. 1012.231(2)(b). | 
              
                | 4289 | (4)  To be eligible for categorical funds, each district | 
              
                | 4290 | school superintendent shall submit to the Commissioner of | 
              
                | 4291 | Education, and receive the commissioner's approval of: | 
              
                | 4292 | (a)  A plan detailing the school district's salary career | 
              
                | 4293 | ladder for teacher salary levels. | 
              
                | 4294 | (b)  A plan detailing the school district's methodology for | 
              
                | 4295 | selecting the teachers in the "career teacher" category, | 
              
                | 4296 | pursuant to s. 1012.231(2)(b), who will receive the performance | 
              
                | 4297 | bonuses and how it will use a portion of its performance pay | 
              
                | 4298 | reserve funds required by s. 1012.22(1)(c)4. to fund the | 
              
                | 4299 | bonuses. | 
              
                | 4300 | (5)  Any teacher in the "career teacher" category, pursuant | 
              
                | 4301 | to s. 1012.231(2)(b), who receives a performance bonus 2 years | 
              
                | 4302 | in a 4-year period shall be considered for promotion to “lead | 
              
                | 4303 | teacher” pursuant to s. 1012.231(2)(c). | 
              
                | 4304 | Section 54.  Section 1012.05, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 4305 | to read: | 
              
                | 4306 | 1012.05  Teacher recruitment and retention.-- | 
              
                | 4307 | (1)  The Department of Education, in cooperation with | 
              
                | 4308 | teacher organizations, district personnel offices, and schools, | 
              
                | 4309 | colleges, and departments of all education inpublic and | 
              
                | 4310 | nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions, shall | 
              
                | 4311 | concentrate on the recruitment of qualified teachers. | 
              
                | 4312 | (2)  The Department of Education shall: | 
              
                | 4313 | (a)  Develop and implement a system for posting teaching | 
              
                | 4314 | vacancies and establish a database of teacher applicants that is | 
              
                | 4315 | accessible within and outside the state. | 
              
                | 4316 | (b)  Advertise in major newspapers, national professional | 
              
                | 4317 | publications, and other professional publications and in public | 
              
                | 4318 | and nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions schools of  | 
              
                | 4319 | education. | 
              
                | 4320 | (c)  Utilize state and nationwide toll-free numbers. | 
              
                | 4321 | (d)  Conduct periodic communications with district | 
              
                | 4322 | personnel directors regarding applicants. | 
              
                | 4323 | (e)  Provide district access to the applicant database by | 
              
                | 4324 | computer or telephone. | 
              
                | 4325 | (f)  Develop and distribute promotional materials related | 
              
                | 4326 | to teaching as a career. | 
              
                | 4327 | (g)  Publish and distribute information pertaining to | 
              
                | 4328 | employment opportunities, application procedures, and all routes | 
              
                | 4329 | toward teacher certification in Florida, and teacher salaries. | 
              
                | 4330 | (h)  Provide information related to certification | 
              
                | 4331 | procedures. | 
              
                | 4332 | (i)  Develop and sponsor the Florida Future Educator of | 
              
                | 4333 | America Program throughout the state. | 
              
                | 4334 | (j)  Develop, in consultation with school district staff | 
              
                | 4335 | including, but not limited to, district school superintendents, | 
              
                | 4336 | district school board members, and district human resources | 
              
                | 4337 | personnel, a long-range plan for educator recruitment and | 
              
                | 4338 | retention. | 
              
                | 4339 | (k)  Identify best practices for retaining high-quality | 
              
                | 4340 | teachers. | 
              
                | 4341 | (l)  Develop, in consultation with Workforce Florida, Inc., | 
              
                | 4342 | and the Agency for Workforce Innovation, created pursuant to ss. | 
              
                | 4343 | 445.004 and 20.50, respectively, a plan for accessing and | 
              
                | 4344 | identifying available resources in the state's workforce system | 
              
                | 4345 | for the purpose of enhancing teacher recruitment and retention. | 
              
                | 4346 | (m)  Develop and implement a First Response Center to | 
              
                | 4347 | provide educator candidates one-stop shopping for information on | 
              
                | 4348 | teaching careers in Florida and establish the Teacher Lifeline | 
              
                | 4349 | Network to provide on-line support to beginning teachers and | 
              
                | 4350 | those needing assistance. | 
              
                | 4351 | (3)  The Department of Education, in cooperation with | 
              
                | 4352 | district personnel offices, shall sponsor a job fair in a | 
              
                | 4353 | central part of the state to match in-state educators and | 
              
                | 4354 | potential educators and out-of-state educators and potential | 
              
                | 4355 | educatorswith teaching opportunities in this state. | 
              
                | 4356 | (4)  Subject to proviso in the General Appropriations Act, | 
              
                | 4357 | the Commissioner of Education may use funds appropriated by the | 
              
                | 4358 | Legislature and funds from federal grants and other sources to | 
              
                | 4359 | provide incentives for teacher recruitment and preparation | 
              
                | 4360 | programs. The purpose of the use of such funds is to recruit and | 
              
                | 4361 | prepare individuals who do not graduate from state-approved | 
              
                | 4362 | teacher preparation programs to teach in a Florida public | 
              
                | 4363 | school. The commissioner may contract with entities other than, | 
              
                | 4364 | and including, approved teacher preparation programs to provide | 
              
                | 4365 | intensive teacher training leading to passage of the required | 
              
                | 4366 | certification exams for the desired subject area or coverage. | 
              
                | 4367 | The commissioner shall survey school districts to evaluate the | 
              
                | 4368 | effectiveness of such programs. | 
              
                | 4369 | Section 55.  Section 1012.231, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 4370 | to read: | 
              
                | 4371 | 1012.231  Teacher compensation; assignment of teachers.-- | 
              
                | 4372 | (1)  STARTING SALARY.--Beginning with the 2003-2004 | 
              
                | 4373 | academic year, each district school board shall develop, and | 
              
                | 4374 | shall present to the State Board of Education by June 30, 2004, | 
              
                | 4375 | a plan, to be implemented beginning with the 2004-2005 academic | 
              
                | 4376 | year, for minimum compensation of full-time classroom teachers | 
              
                | 4377 | at no less than the amount of $31,000, in 2003 dollars, indexed | 
              
                | 4378 | to the Consumer Price Index thereafter, pursuant to legislative | 
              
                | 4379 | appropriations. The plan shall provide for phased-in incremental | 
              
                | 4380 | implementation that maintains separation between years of | 
              
                | 4381 | service for each differentiated classroom teacher category as | 
              
                | 4382 | required pursuant to subsection (2). Beginning with the 2004- | 
              
                | 4383 | 2005 academic year, this minimum beginning salary shall be | 
              
                | 4384 | considered a statewide minimum standard similar to minimum | 
              
                | 4385 | number of school days, designation of duties of instructional | 
              
                | 4386 | personnel, and minimum certification standards and, as such, | 
              
                | 4387 | shall not be subject to collective bargaining under chapter 447. | 
              
                | 4388 | (2)  SALARY CAREER LADDER FOR CLASSROOM | 
              
                | 4389 | TEACHERS.--Beginning with the 2003-2004 academic year, each | 
              
                | 4390 | district school board shall use its share of the BEST Florida | 
              
                | 4391 | teaching categorical to fund a salary career ladder for | 
              
                | 4392 | classroom teachers, with the highest salary level based on | 
              
                | 4393 | outstanding performance and assignment of additional duties. | 
              
                | 4394 | Performance shall be defined as designated in s. | 
              
                | 4395 | 1012.34(3)(a)1.-7. and shall also include local assessments as | 
              
                | 4396 | required by s. 1008.22(7) to determine student learning gains in | 
              
                | 4397 | grades and classes not measured by the FCAT. District school | 
              
                | 4398 | boards shall designate categories of classroom teachers | 
              
                | 4399 | reflecting these salary career levels as follows: | 
              
                | 4400 | (a)  Associate Teacher.--Classroom teachers who have not | 
              
                | 4401 | yet fully validated all essential teaching competencies, | 
              
                | 4402 | including the educator-accomplished practices as established in | 
              
                | 4403 | State Board of Education rule, who have not qualified through | 
              
                | 4404 | reciprocal certification options identified in s. 1012.56, or | 
              
                | 4405 | who are low-performing teachers. The district school board is | 
              
                | 4406 | authorized to demote any chronically low-performing teacher to | 
              
                | 4407 | associate teacher. | 
              
                | 4408 | (b)  Career Teacher.--Classroom teachers who have fully | 
              
                | 4409 | validated all essential teaching competencies, including the | 
              
                | 4410 | educator-accomplished practices as established in State Board of | 
              
                | 4411 | Education rule, or who have qualified through reciprocal | 
              
                | 4412 | certification options identified in s. 1012.56. | 
              
                | 4413 | (c)  Lead Teacher.--The highest performing 5 percent of | 
              
                | 4414 | classroom teachers in the school district, after mentor | 
              
                | 4415 | teachers, who have demonstrated outstanding performance as | 
              
                | 4416 | evidenced by improved student achievement and who are | 
              
                | 4417 | responsible for leading others in the school as department | 
              
                | 4418 | chair, lead teacher, grade-level leader, intern coordinator, or | 
              
                | 4419 | professional development coordinator. Lead teachers must | 
              
                | 4420 | participate on a regular basis in the direct instruction of | 
              
                | 4421 | students and serve as faculty for professional development | 
              
                | 4422 | activities as determined by the State Board of Education. Lead | 
              
                | 4423 | teachers shall be paid an additional annual salary of $5,000. | 
              
                | 4424 | (d)  Mentor Teacher.--The highest performing 3 percent of | 
              
                | 4425 | classroom teachers in the school district who have demonstrated | 
              
                | 4426 | sustained outstanding performance as evidenced by improved | 
              
                | 4427 | student achievement and other factors as defined by the State | 
              
                | 4428 | Board of Education and who serve as regular mentors to other | 
              
                | 4429 | teachers who are either not performing satisfactorily or who | 
              
                | 4430 | strive to become more proficient. Mentor teachers must serve as | 
              
                | 4431 | faculty-based professional development coordinators and | 
              
                | 4432 | regularly demonstrate and share their expertise with other | 
              
                | 4433 | teachers in order to remain mentor teachers. Mentor teachers | 
              
                | 4434 | must also participate on a regular basis in the direct | 
              
                | 4435 | instruction of low-performing students. Mentor teachers shall be | 
              
                | 4436 | paid an additional annual salary of $10,000. | 
              
                | 4437 | (3)  TEACHER ASSIGNMENT.--School districts may not assign a | 
              
                | 4438 | higher percentage than the school district average of first-time | 
              
                | 4439 | teachers, temporarily certified teachers, teachers in need of | 
              
                | 4440 | improvement, or out-of-field teachers to schools with above the | 
              
                | 4441 | school district average of minority and economically | 
              
                | 4442 | disadvantaged students or schools that are graded "D" or "F." | 
              
                | 4443 | District school boards are authorized to provide salary | 
              
                | 4444 | incentives to meet this requirement. No district school board | 
              
                | 4445 | shall sign a collective bargaining agreement that fails to | 
              
                | 4446 | provide sufficient incentives to meet this requirement. | 
              
                | 4447 | Section 56.  Section 1012.27, Florida Statutes, is amended | 
              
                | 4448 | to read: | 
              
                | 4449 | 1012.27  Public school personnel; powers and duties of | 
              
                | 4450 | district school superintendent.--The district school | 
              
                | 4451 | superintendent is shall beresponsible, as required herein,for | 
              
                | 4452 | directing the work of the personnel, subject to the requirements | 
              
                | 4453 | of this chapter, and in addition the district school | 
              
                | 4454 | superintendent shall perform havethe followingduties: | 
              
                | 4455 | (1)  POSITIONS, QUALIFICATIONS, AND NOMINATIONS.-- | 
              
                | 4456 | (a)  Recommend to the district school board duties and | 
              
                | 4457 | responsibilities which need to be performed and positions which | 
              
                | 4458 | need to be filled to make possible the development of an | 
              
                | 4459 | adequate school program in the district. Beginning with the | 
              
                | 4460 | 2003-2004 academic year, this recommendation shall provide for | 
              
                | 4461 | clerical personnel or volunteers who are not classroom teachers | 
              
                | 4462 | to assist teachers in noninstructional activities, including | 
              
                | 4463 | performing paperwork and recordkeeping duties. However, a | 
              
                | 4464 | teacher shall remain responsible for all instructional | 
              
                | 4465 | activities and for classroom management and grading student | 
              
                | 4466 | performance. | 
              
                | 4467 | (b)  Recommend minimum qualifications of personnel for | 
              
                | 4468 | these various positions, and nominate in writing persons to fill | 
              
                | 4469 | such positions. | 
              
                | 4470 |  | 
              
                | 4471 | The district school superintendent's recommendations for filling | 
              
                | 4472 | instructional positions at the school level must consider | 
              
                | 4473 | nominations received from school principals of the respective | 
              
                | 4474 | schools. Before transferring a teacher who holds a professional | 
              
                | 4475 | teaching certificate from one school to another, the district | 
              
                | 4476 | school superintendent shall consult with the principal of the | 
              
                | 4477 | receiving school and allow the principal to review the teacher's | 
              
                | 4478 | records and interview the teacher. If, in the judgment of the | 
              
                | 4479 | principal, students would not benefit from the placement, an | 
              
                | 4480 | alternative placement may be sought. | 
              
                | 4481 | (2)  COMPENSATION AND SALARY SCHEDULES.--Prepare and | 
              
                | 4482 | recommend to the district school board for adoption a salary | 
              
                | 4483 | schedule or salary schedules. The district school superintendent | 
              
                | 4484 | must recommend a salary schedule for instructional personnel | 
              
                | 4485 | which bases a portion of each employee's compensation on | 
              
                | 4486 | performance demonstrated under s. 1012.34. In developing the | 
              
                | 4487 | recommended salary schedule, the district school superintendent | 
              
                | 4488 | shall include input from parents, teachers, and representatives | 
              
                | 4489 | of the business community. Beginning with the 2003-2004 academic | 
              
                | 4490 | year, the recommended salary schedule for classroom teachers | 
              
                | 4491 | shall be consistent with the requirements of s. 1012.231. | 
              
                | 4492 | (3)  CONTRACTS AND TERMS OF SERVICE.--Recommend to the | 
              
                | 4493 | district school board terms for contracting with employees and | 
              
                | 4494 | prepare such contracts as are approved. | 
              
                | 4495 | (4)  TRANSFER.--Recommend employees for transfer and | 
              
                | 4496 | transfer any employee during any emergency and report the | 
              
                | 4497 | transfer to the district school board at its next regular | 
              
                | 4498 | meeting. | 
              
                | 4499 | (5)  SUSPENSION AND DISMISSAL.--Suspend members of the | 
              
                | 4500 | instructional staff and other school employees during | 
              
                | 4501 | emergencies for a period extending to and including the day of | 
              
                | 4502 | the next regular or special meeting of the district school board | 
              
                | 4503 | and notify the district school board immediately of such | 
              
                | 4504 | suspension. When authorized to do so, serve notice on the | 
              
                | 4505 | suspended member of the instructional staff of charges made | 
              
                | 4506 | against him or her and of the date of hearing. Recommend | 
              
                | 4507 | employees for dismissal under the terms prescribed herein. | 
              
                | 4508 | (6)  DIRECT WORK OF EMPLOYEES AND SUPERVISE | 
              
                | 4509 | INSTRUCTION.--Direct or arrange for the proper direction and | 
              
                | 4510 | improvement, under rules of the district school board, of the | 
              
                | 4511 | work of all members of the instructional staff and other | 
              
                | 4512 | employees of the district school system, supervise or arrange | 
              
                | 4513 | under rules of the district school board for the supervision of | 
              
                | 4514 | instruction in the district, and take such steps as are | 
              
                | 4515 | necessary to bring about continuous improvement. | 
              
                | 4516 | Section 57.  Subsections (3) and (4) of section 1012.28, | 
              
                | 4517 | Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 4518 | 1012.28  Public school personnel; duties of school | 
              
                | 4519 | principals.-- | 
              
                | 4520 | (3)  Each school principal is responsible for the | 
              
                | 4521 | performance of all personnel employed by the district school | 
              
                | 4522 | board and assigned to the school to which the principal is | 
              
                | 4523 | assigned. The school principal shall faithfully and effectively | 
              
                | 4524 | apply the personnel assessment system approved by the district | 
              
                | 4525 | school board pursuant to s. 1012.34 and, beginning with the | 
              
                | 4526 | 2003-2004 academic year, s. 1012.231. | 
              
                | 4527 | (4)  Each school principal shall assist the teachers within | 
              
                | 4528 | the school to use student assessment data, as measured by | 
              
                | 4529 | student learning gains pursuant to s. 1008.22, for self- | 
              
                | 4530 | evaluation. Each school principal shall also ensure that | 
              
                | 4531 | clerical personnel or volunteers who are not classroom teachers | 
              
                | 4532 | assist teachers in noninstructional activities, including | 
              
                | 4533 | performing paperwork and recordkeeping duties. | 
              
                | 4534 | Section 58.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (1), subsection | 
              
                | 4535 | (2), and paragraph (a) of subsection (3) of section 1012.585, | 
              
                | 4536 | Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 4537 | 1012.585  Process for renewal of professional | 
              
                | 4538 | certificates.-- | 
              
                | 4539 | (1)(a)  District school boards in this stateshall renew | 
              
                | 4540 | state-issued professional certificates as follows: | 
              
                | 4541 | 1.  Each district school board shall renew state-issued | 
              
                | 4542 | professional certificates for individuals who hold a state- | 
              
                | 4543 | issued professional certificate by this stateand are employed | 
              
                | 4544 | by that district pursuant to criteria established in subsections | 
              
                | 4545 | (2), (3), and (4) and rules of the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 4546 | 2.  The employing school district may charge the individual | 
              
                | 4547 | an application fee not to exceed the amount charged by the | 
              
                | 4548 | Department of Education for such services, including associated | 
              
                | 4549 | late renewal fees. Each district school board shall transmit | 
              
                | 4550 | monthly to the department a fee in an amount established by the | 
              
                | 4551 | State Board of Education for each renewed certificate. The fee | 
              
                | 4552 | shall not exceed the actual cost for maintenance and operation | 
              
                | 4553 | of the statewide certification database and for the actual costs | 
              
                | 4554 | incurred in printing and mailing such renewed certificates. As | 
              
                | 4555 | defined in current rules of the state board, the department | 
              
                | 4556 | shall contribute a portion of such fee for purposes of funding | 
              
                | 4557 | the Educator Recovery Network established in s. 1012.798. The | 
              
                | 4558 | department shall deposit all funds into the Educational | 
              
                | 4559 | Certification Trust Fund for use as specified in s. 1012.59. | 
              
                | 4560 | (2)(a)  All professional certificates, except a | 
              
                | 4561 | nonrenewable professional certificate, shall be renewable for | 
              
                | 4562 | successive periods not to exceed 5 years after the date of | 
              
                | 4563 | submission of documentation of completion of the requirements | 
              
                | 4564 | for renewal provided in subsection (3). Only one renewal may be | 
              
                | 4565 | granted during each 5-year validity period of a professional | 
              
                | 4566 | certificate. | 
              
                | 4567 | (b)  A teacher with national certification from the | 
              
                | 4568 | National Board for Professional Teaching Standards is deemed to | 
              
                | 4569 | meet state renewal requirements for the life of the teacher's | 
              
                | 4570 | national certificate in the subject shown on the national | 
              
                | 4571 | certificate. A complete renewal application and fee shall be | 
              
                | 4572 | submitted. The Commissioner of Education shall notify teachers | 
              
                | 4573 | of the renewal application and fee requirements. | 
              
                | 4574 | (c)  As authorized by State Board of Education rule, a | 
              
                | 4575 | teacher with a valid certificate issued by the American Board | 
              
                | 4576 | for Certification of Teacher Excellence is deemed to meet state | 
              
                | 4577 | renewal requirements for the life of the teacher's American | 
              
                | 4578 | Board certificate in the subject shown on the American Board | 
              
                | 4579 | certificate. A complete renewal application and fee shall be | 
              
                | 4580 | submitted. | 
              
                | 4581 | (d) (c)If the renewal application form is not received by | 
              
                | 4582 | the department or by the employing school district before the | 
              
                | 4583 | expiration of the professional certificate, the application | 
              
                | 4584 | form, application fee, and a late fee must be submitted before | 
              
                | 4585 | July 1 of the year following expiration of the certificate in | 
              
                | 4586 | order to renew the professional certificate. | 
              
                | 4587 | (e) (d)The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to | 
              
                | 4588 | allow a 1-year extension of the validity period of a | 
              
                | 4589 | professional certificate in the event of serious illness, | 
              
                | 4590 | injury, or other extraordinary extenuating circumstances of the | 
              
                | 4591 | applicant. The department shall grant such 1-year extension upon | 
              
                | 4592 | written request by the applicant or by the district school | 
              
                | 4593 | superintendent or the governing authority of a university lab | 
              
                | 4594 | school, state-supported school, or private school that employs | 
              
                | 4595 | the applicant. | 
              
                | 4596 | (3)  For the renewal of a professional certificate, the | 
              
                | 4597 | following requirements must be met: | 
              
                | 4598 | (a)  The applicant must earn a minimum of 6 college credits | 
              
                | 4599 | or 120 inservice points or a combination thereof. For each area | 
              
                | 4600 | of specialization to be retained on a certificate, the applicant | 
              
                | 4601 | must earn at least 3 of the required credit hours or equivalent | 
              
                | 4602 | inservice points in the specialization area. Education in | 
              
                | 4603 | "clinical educator" training pursuant to s. 1004.04(6)(b) | 
              
                | 4604 | 1004.04(5)(b)and credits or points that provide training in the | 
              
                | 4605 | area of scientifically researched, knowledge-based reading | 
              
                | 4606 | literacy and computational skills acquisition,exceptional | 
              
                | 4607 | student education, normal child development, and the disorders | 
              
                | 4608 | of development may be applied toward any specialization area. | 
              
                | 4609 | Credits or points that provide training in the areas of drug | 
              
                | 4610 | abuse, child abuse and neglect, strategies in teaching students | 
              
                | 4611 | having limited proficiency in English, or dropout prevention, or | 
              
                | 4612 | training in areas identified in the educational goals and | 
              
                | 4613 | performance standards adopted pursuant to ss. 1000.03(5) and | 
              
                | 4614 | 1001.23 may be applied toward any specialization area. Credits | 
              
                | 4615 | or points earned through approved summer institutes may be | 
              
                | 4616 | applied toward the fulfillment of these requirements. Inservice | 
              
                | 4617 | points may also be earned by participation in professional | 
              
                | 4618 | growth components approved by the State Board of Education and | 
              
                | 4619 | specified pursuant to s. 1012.98 in the district's approved | 
              
                | 4620 | master plan for inservice educational training, including, but | 
              
                | 4621 | not limited to, serving as a trainer in an approved teacher | 
              
                | 4622 | training activity, serving on an instructional materials | 
              
                | 4623 | committee or a state board or commission that deals with | 
              
                | 4624 | educational issues, or serving on an advisory council created | 
              
                | 4625 | pursuant to s. 1001.452. | 
              
                | 4626 | Section 59.  Section 1012.586, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 4627 | to read: | 
              
                | 4628 | 1012.586  Additions or changes to certificates; duplicate | 
              
                | 4629 | certificates.--A school district may process via a Department of | 
              
                | 4630 | Education website certificates for the following applications of | 
              
                | 4631 | public school employees: | 
              
                | 4632 | (1)  Addition of a subject coverage or endorsement to a | 
              
                | 4633 | valid Florida certificate on the basis of the completion of the | 
              
                | 4634 | appropriate subject area testing requirements of s. | 
              
                | 4635 | 1012.56(4)(a) or the completion of the requirements of an | 
              
                | 4636 | approved school district program or the inservice components for | 
              
                | 4637 | an endorsement. | 
              
                | 4638 | (2)  A reissued certificate to reflect a name change. | 
              
                | 4639 | (3)  A duplicate certificate to replace a lost or damaged | 
              
                | 4640 | certificate. | 
              
                | 4641 |  | 
              
                | 4642 | The employing school district shall charge the employee a fee | 
              
                | 4643 | not to exceed the amount charged by the Department of Education | 
              
                | 4644 | for such services. Each district school board shall retain a | 
              
                | 4645 | portion of the fee as defined in the rules of the State Board of | 
              
                | 4646 | Education. The portion sent to the department shall be used for | 
              
                | 4647 | maintenance of the technology system, the web application, and | 
              
                | 4648 | posting and mailing of the certificate. | 
              
                | 4649 | Section 60.  Subsections (1) and (2) and paragraph (a) of | 
              
                | 4650 | subsection (3) of section 1012.72, Florida Statutes, are amended | 
              
                | 4651 | to read: | 
              
                | 4652 | 1012.72  Dale Hickam Excellent Teaching Program.-- | 
              
                | 4653 | (1)  The Legislature recognizes that teachers play a | 
              
                | 4654 | critical role in preparing students to achieve the high levels | 
              
                | 4655 | of academic performance expected by the Sunshine State Standards | 
              
                | 4656 | and . The Legislature further recognizesthe importance of | 
              
                | 4657 | identifying and rewarding teaching excellence and of encouraging  | 
              
                | 4658 | good teachers to become excellent teachers. The Legislature  | 
              
                | 4659 | finds that the National Board of Professional Teaching Standards  | 
              
                | 4660 | (NBPTS) has established high and rigorous standards for  | 
              
                | 4661 | accomplished teaching and has developed a national voluntary  | 
              
                | 4662 | system for assessing and certifying teachers who demonstrate  | 
              
                | 4663 | teaching excellence by meeting those standards. It istherefore | 
              
                | 4664 | the Legislature's intent to provide incentives for teachers to | 
              
                | 4665 | seek national NBPTScertification and to reward teachers who | 
              
                | 4666 | demonstrate teaching excellence by attaining national NBPTS | 
              
                | 4667 | certification and sharing their expertise with students and | 
              
                | 4668 | other teachers. Contingent upon approval by the State Board of | 
              
                | 4669 | Education, the incentives and privileges extended to the | 
              
                | 4670 | National Board for Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS) and | 
              
                | 4671 | to a teacher who holds a valid certificate issued by the NBPTS | 
              
                | 4672 | shall be extended to the American Board for Certification of | 
              
                | 4673 | Teacher Excellence (ABCTE) and to a teacher who holds a valid | 
              
                | 4674 | Master Teacher Certificate issued by the ABCTE. | 
              
                | 4675 | (2)  The Dale Hickam Excellent Teaching Program is created | 
              
                | 4676 | to provide categorical funding for monetary incentives and | 
              
                | 4677 | bonuses for teaching excellence. The Department of Education | 
              
                | 4678 | shall distribute to each school district or to the NBPTS, or to | 
              
                | 4679 | the ABCTE if approved by the State Board of Education,an amount | 
              
                | 4680 | as prescribed annually by the Legislature for the Dale Hickam | 
              
                | 4681 | Excellent Teaching Program. For purposes of this section, the | 
              
                | 4682 | Florida School for the Deaf and the Blind shall be considered a | 
              
                | 4683 | school district. Unless otherwise provided in the General | 
              
                | 4684 | Appropriations Act, each distribution shall be the sum of the | 
              
                | 4685 | amounts earned for the following incentives and bonuses: | 
              
                | 4686 | (a)  A fee subsidy to be paid by the Department of | 
              
                | 4687 | Education to the NBPTS, or to the ABCTE if approved by the State | 
              
                | 4688 | Board of Education,on behalf of each individual who is an | 
              
                | 4689 | employee of a district school board or a public school within | 
              
                | 4690 | the school district, who is certified by the district to have | 
              
                | 4691 | demonstrated satisfactory teaching performance pursuant to s. | 
              
                | 4692 | 1012.34 and who satisfies the prerequisites for participating in | 
              
                | 4693 | the NBPTS certification program, or the ABCTE master teacher | 
              
                | 4694 | certification program if approved by the State Board of | 
              
                | 4695 | Education, and who agrees, in writing, to pay 10 percent of the | 
              
                | 4696 | NBPTS or ABCTEparticipation fee and to participate in the NBPTS | 
              
                | 4697 | certification program, or the ABCTE master teacher certification | 
              
                | 4698 | program if approved by the State Board of Education,during the | 
              
                | 4699 | school year for which the fee subsidy is provided. The fee | 
              
                | 4700 | subsidy for each eligible participant shall be an amount equal | 
              
                | 4701 | to 90 percent of the fee charged for participating in the NBPTS | 
              
                | 4702 | certification program. The fee subsidy is a one-time award and | 
              
                | 4703 | may not be duplicated for any individual. | 
              
                | 4704 | (b)  A portfolio-preparation incentive of $150 paid by the | 
              
                | 4705 | Department of Education to each teacher employed by a district | 
              
                | 4706 | school board or a public school within a school district who is | 
              
                | 4707 | participating in the NBPTS certification program, or the ABCTE | 
              
                | 4708 | master teacher certification program if approved by the State | 
              
                | 4709 | Board of Education. The portfolio-preparation incentive is a | 
              
                | 4710 | one-time award paid during the school year for which the NBPTS | 
              
                | 4711 | fee subsidy is provided. | 
              
                | 4712 | (c)  An annual bonus equal to 10 percent of the prior | 
              
                | 4713 | fiscal year's statewide average salary for classroom teachers to | 
              
                | 4714 | be distributed to the school district to be paid to each | 
              
                | 4715 | individual who holds NBPTS certification, or ABCTE master | 
              
                | 4716 | teacher certification if approved by the State Board of | 
              
                | 4717 | Education,and is employed by the district school board or by a | 
              
                | 4718 | public school within the school district. The district school | 
              
                | 4719 | board shall distribute the annual bonus to each individual who | 
              
                | 4720 | meets the requirements of this paragraph and who is certified | 
              
                | 4721 | annually by the district to have demonstrated satisfactory | 
              
                | 4722 | teaching performance pursuant to s. 1012.34. The annual bonus | 
              
                | 4723 | may be paid as a single payment or divided into not more than | 
              
                | 4724 | three payments. | 
              
                | 4725 | (d)  An annual bonus equal to 10 percent of the prior | 
              
                | 4726 | fiscal year's statewide average salary for classroom teachers to | 
              
                | 4727 | be distributed to the school district to be paid to each | 
              
                | 4728 | individual who meets the requirements of paragraph (c) and | 
              
                | 4729 | agrees, in writing, to provide the equivalent of 12 workdays of | 
              
                | 4730 | mentoring and related services to beginningpublic school | 
              
                | 4731 | teachers or teachers in low-performing schoolswithin the state | 
              
                | 4732 | who do not hold NBPTS certification or ABCTE certification if | 
              
                | 4733 | approved by the State Board of Education. The district school | 
              
                | 4734 | board shall distribute the annual bonus in a single payment | 
              
                | 4735 | following the completion of all required mentoring and related | 
              
                | 4736 | services for the year. It is not the intent of the Legislature | 
              
                | 4737 | to remove excellent teachers from their assigned classrooms; | 
              
                | 4738 | therefore, credit may not be granted by a school district or | 
              
                | 4739 | public school for mentoring or related services provided during | 
              
                | 4740 | student contact time during the 196 days of required service for | 
              
                | 4741 | the school year. | 
              
                | 4742 |  | 
              
                | 4743 | Beginning with the 2003-2004 academic year, annual bonuses | 
              
                | 4744 | pursuant to this section shall be limited to teachers who | 
              
                | 4745 | demonstrate outstanding student performance in accordance with | 
              
                | 4746 | s. 1012.34(3)(a)1.-7. and who also demonstrate significant | 
              
                | 4747 | successful efforts in mentoring other teachers, including | 
              
                | 4748 | beginning teachers or those in need of assistance.A teacher for | 
              
                | 4749 | whom the state pays the certification fee and who does not | 
              
                | 4750 | complete the certification program or does not teach in a public | 
              
                | 4751 | school of this state for at least 1 year after completing the | 
              
                | 4752 | certification program must repay the amount of the certification | 
              
                | 4753 | fee to the state. However, a teacher who completes the | 
              
                | 4754 | certification program but fails to be awarded NBPTS | 
              
                | 4755 | certification, or ABCTE master teacher certification if approved | 
              
                | 4756 | by the State Board of Education,is not required to repay the | 
              
                | 4757 | amount of the certification fee if the teacher meets the 1-year | 
              
                | 4758 | teaching requirement. Repayment is not required of a teacher who | 
              
                | 4759 | does not complete the certification program or fails to fulfill | 
              
                | 4760 | the teaching requirement because of the teacher's death or | 
              
                | 4761 | disability or because of other extenuating circumstances as | 
              
                | 4762 | determined by the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 4763 | (3)(a)  In addition to any other remedy available under the | 
              
                | 4764 | law, any person who is a recipient of a certification fee | 
              
                | 4765 | subsidy paid to the NBPTS, or the ABCTE if approved by the State | 
              
                | 4766 | Board of Education,and who is an employee of the state or any | 
              
                | 4767 | of its political subdivisions is considered to have consented, | 
              
                | 4768 | as a condition of employment, to the voluntary or involuntary | 
              
                | 4769 | withholding of wages to repay to the state the amount of such a | 
              
                | 4770 | certification fee subsidy awarded under this section. Any such | 
              
                | 4771 | employee who defaults on the repayment of such a certification | 
              
                | 4772 | fee subsidy must, within 60 days after service of a notice of | 
              
                | 4773 | default by the Department of Education to the employee, | 
              
                | 4774 | establish a repayment schedule which must be agreed to by the | 
              
                | 4775 | department and the employee, for repaying the defaulted sum | 
              
                | 4776 | through payroll deductions. The department may not require the | 
              
                | 4777 | employee to pay more than 10 percent of the employee's pay per | 
              
                | 4778 | pay period under such a repayment schedule or plan. If the | 
              
                | 4779 | employee fails to establish a repayment schedule within the | 
              
                | 4780 | specified period of time or fails to meet the terms and | 
              
                | 4781 | conditions of the agreed upon or approved repayment schedule as | 
              
                | 4782 | authorized by this subsection, the employee has breached an | 
              
                | 4783 | essential condition of employment and is considered to have | 
              
                | 4784 | consented to the involuntary withholding of wages or salary for | 
              
                | 4785 | the repayment of the certification fee subsidy. | 
              
                | 4786 | Section 61.  Section 1012.73, Florida Statutes, is | 
              
                | 4787 | repealed. | 
              
                | 4788 | Section 62.  Subsection (2), paragraph (b) of subsection | 
              
                | 4789 | (3), and subsections (5) through (11) of section 1012.98, | 
              
                | 4790 | Florida Statutes, are amended to read: | 
              
                | 4791 | 1012.98  School Community Professional Development Act.-- | 
              
                | 4792 | (2)  The school community includes students and parents, | 
              
                | 4793 | administrative personnel, managers, instructional personnel, | 
              
                | 4794 | support personnel, members of district school boards, members of | 
              
                | 4795 | school advisory councils, parents,business partners, and | 
              
                | 4796 | personnel that provide health and social services to students | 
              
                | 4797 | school children. School districts may identify and include  | 
              
                | 4798 | additional members of the school community in the professional  | 
              
                | 4799 | development activities required by this section. | 
              
                | 4800 | (3)  The activities designed to implement this section | 
              
                | 4801 | must: | 
              
                | 4802 | (b)  Assist the school community in providing stimulating, | 
              
                | 4803 | scientifically research-basededucational activities that | 
              
                | 4804 | encourage and motivate students to achieve at the highest levels | 
              
                | 4805 | and to become active learners. | 
              
                | 4806 | (5)(a)  The Department of Education shall provide a system  | 
              
                | 4807 | for the recruitment, preparation, and professional development  | 
              
                | 4808 | of school administrative personnel. This system shall: | 
              
                | 4809 | 1.  Identify the knowledge, competencies, and skills  | 
              
                | 4810 | necessary for effective school management and instructional  | 
              
                | 4811 | leadership that align with student performance standards and  | 
              
                | 4812 | accountability measures. | 
              
                | 4813 | 2.  Include performance evaluation methods. | 
              
                | 4814 | 3.  Provide for alternate means for preparation of school  | 
              
                | 4815 | administrative personnel which may include programs designed by  | 
              
                | 4816 | school districts and postsecondary educational institutions  | 
              
                | 4817 | pursuant to guidelines developed by the commissioner. Such  | 
              
                | 4818 | preparation programs shall be approved by the Department of  | 
              
                | 4819 | Education. | 
              
                | 4820 | 4.  Provide for the hiring of qualified out-of-state school  | 
              
                | 4821 | administrative personnel. | 
              
                | 4822 | 5.  Provide advanced educational opportunities for school- | 
              
                | 4823 | based instructional leaders. | 
              
                | 4824 | (b)  The Commissioner of Education shall appoint a task  | 
              
                | 4825 | force that includes a district school superintendent, a district  | 
              
                | 4826 | school board member, a principal, an assistant principal, a  | 
              
                | 4827 | teacher, a dean of a college of education, and parents. The task  | 
              
                | 4828 | force shall convene periodically to provide recommendations to  | 
              
                | 4829 | the department in the areas of recruitment, certification,  | 
              
                | 4830 | preparation, professional development, and evaluation of school  | 
              
                | 4831 | administrators. | 
              
                | 4832 | (5) (6)Each district school board shall provide funding | 
              
                | 4833 | for the professional development system as required by s. | 
              
                | 4834 | 1011.62 and the General Appropriations Act, and shall direct | 
              
                | 4835 | expenditures from other funding sources to strengthen the system | 
              
                | 4836 | and make it uniform and coherent. A school district may | 
              
                | 4837 | coordinate its professional development program with that of | 
              
                | 4838 | another district, with an educational consortium, or with a | 
              
                | 4839 | community college or university, especially in preparing and | 
              
                | 4840 | educating personnel. Each district school board shall make | 
              
                | 4841 | available inservice activities to instructional personnel of | 
              
                | 4842 | nonpublic schools in the district and the state certified | 
              
                | 4843 | teachers who are not employed by the district school board on a | 
              
                | 4844 | fee basis not to exceed the cost of the activity per all | 
              
                | 4845 | participants. | 
              
                | 4846 | (6) (7)An organization of private schools which has no | 
              
                | 4847 | fewer than 10 member schools in this state, which publishes and | 
              
                | 4848 | files with the Department of Education copies of its standards, | 
              
                | 4849 | and the member schools of which comply with the provisions of | 
              
                | 4850 | part II of chapter 1003, relating to compulsory school | 
              
                | 4851 | attendance, may also develop a professional development system | 
              
                | 4852 | that includes a master plan for inservice activities. The system | 
              
                | 4853 | and inservice plan must be submitted to the commissioner for | 
              
                | 4854 | approval pursuant to rules of the State Board of Education. | 
              
                | 4855 | (7) (8)The Department of Education shall design methods by | 
              
                | 4856 | which the state and district school boards may evaluate and | 
              
                | 4857 | improve the professional development system. The evaluation must | 
              
                | 4858 | include an annual assessment of data that indicate progress or | 
              
                | 4859 | lack of progress of all students. If the review of the data | 
              
                | 4860 | indicates progress, the department shall identify the best | 
              
                | 4861 | practices that contributed to the progress. If the review of the | 
              
                | 4862 | data indicates a lack of progress, the department shall | 
              
                | 4863 | investigate the causes of the lack of progress, provide | 
              
                | 4864 | technical assistance, and require the school district to employ | 
              
                | 4865 | a different approach to professional development. The department | 
              
                | 4866 | shall report annually to the State Board of Education and the | 
              
                | 4867 | Legislature any school district that, in the determination of | 
              
                | 4868 | the department, has failed to provide an adequate professional | 
              
                | 4869 | development system. This report must include the results of the | 
              
                | 4870 | department's investigation and of any intervention provided. | 
              
                | 4871 | (8) (9)The State Board of Education may adopt rules | 
              
                | 4872 | pursuant to ss. 120.536(1) and 120.54 to administer this | 
              
                | 4873 | section. | 
              
                | 4874 | (9) (10)This section does not limit or discourage a | 
              
                | 4875 | district school board from contracting with independent entities | 
              
                | 4876 | for professional development services and inservice education if | 
              
                | 4877 | the district school board can demonstrate to the Commissioner of | 
              
                | 4878 | Education believesthat, through such a contract, a better | 
              
                | 4879 | product can be acquired or its goals for education improvement | 
              
                | 4880 | can be better met. | 
              
                | 4881 | (10) (11)For teachers, managers, and administrative | 
              
                | 4882 | personnel who have been evaluated as less than satisfactory, a | 
              
                | 4883 | district school board shall require participation in specific | 
              
                | 4884 | professional development programs as part of the improvement | 
              
                | 4885 | prescription. | 
              
                | 4886 | Section 63.  Section 1012.987, Florida Statutes, is created | 
              
                | 4887 | to read: | 
              
                | 4888 | 1012.987  Education leadership development.-- | 
              
                | 4889 | (1)  The State Board of Education shall adopt rules through | 
              
                | 4890 | which school principals may earn a principal leadership | 
              
                | 4891 | designation based on teacher retention, overall student | 
              
                | 4892 | performance, and school grade. The State Board of Education must | 
              
                | 4893 | designate incentives available to personnel who earn a principal | 
              
                | 4894 | leadership designation, including, but not limited to, merit | 
              
                | 4895 | pay, expanded discretionary spending flexibility, relaxed | 
              
                | 4896 | regulation or reporting requirements, additional professional | 
              
                | 4897 | development resources, and public recognition. | 
              
                | 4898 | (2)(a)  The Department of Education shall provide a system | 
              
                | 4899 | for the recruitment, preparation, and education leadership | 
              
                | 4900 | development of school administrative personnel. This system | 
              
                | 4901 | shall be based on standards adopted by the State Board of | 
              
                | 4902 | Education that include, but are not limited to: | 
              
                | 4903 | 1.  Improved student achievement. | 
              
                | 4904 | 2.  Increased emphasis on reading using the latest | 
              
                | 4905 | scientific knowledge-based research in reading and the | 
              
                | 4906 | administrator's role as a successful school leader in reading | 
              
                | 4907 | reform efforts. | 
              
                | 4908 | 3.  Instructional leadership. | 
              
                | 4909 | 4.  Data analysis. | 
              
                | 4910 | 5.  School safety. | 
              
                | 4911 | 6.  Community and family involvement. | 
              
                | 4912 | 7.  Operational management. | 
              
                | 4913 | 8.  School finance. | 
              
                | 4914 | (b)  Each education leadership development program must | 
              
                | 4915 | provide all program participants full information on not less | 
              
                | 4916 | than an annual basis to update the participants on the status | 
              
                | 4917 | of, and rationale for changes to, state and federal law and | 
              
                | 4918 | funding policies. | 
              
                | 4919 | (c)  Education leadership development programs must be | 
              
                | 4920 | consistent with standards adopted by the State Board of | 
              
                | 4921 | Education and must be approved by the department. | 
              
                | 4922 | (d)  Alternative education leadership development programs | 
              
                | 4923 | that meet the standards of, and are approved by, the Department | 
              
                | 4924 | of Education may be offered by a school district or | 
              
                | 4925 | postsecondary educational institution. | 
              
                | 4926 | (e)  The Commissioner of Education may conduct K-20 | 
              
                | 4927 | education leadership institutes for the purpose of communicating | 
              
                | 4928 | the state's education priorities, best practices, and other | 
              
                | 4929 | related research and facilitating the formation of a K-20 | 
              
                | 4930 | partnership. | 
              
                | 4931 | Section 64.  Notwithstanding any provision of law to the | 
              
                | 4932 | contrary, when a school is graded "F" or receives a second | 
              
                | 4933 | consecutive grade of "D," the elected district school | 
              
                | 4934 | superintendent, or if the district school superintendent is | 
              
                | 4935 | appointed, the district school board, may request the | 
              
                | 4936 | resignation of the school principal and teachers. | 
              
                | 4937 | Section 65.  Each district school board shall review and | 
              
                | 4938 | consider amending any collective bargaining contract that may | 
              
                | 4939 | hinder the implementation of any provision of this act. | 
              
                | 4940 | Section 66.  The Commissioner of Education shall conduct en | 
              
                | 4941 | electronic mail or other survey of the classroom teachers in | 
              
                | 4942 | each school district at the end of the 2003-2004 academic year | 
              
                | 4943 | to determine whether the teachers received improved support from | 
              
                | 4944 | their district school board, superintendent, and principal for | 
              
                | 4945 | paperwork reduction and classroom discipline and shall use the | 
              
                | 4946 | enforcement authority of s. 1008.32, Florida Statutes, as | 
              
                | 4947 | appropriate, to ensure compliance with better educated students | 
              
                | 4948 | and teachers (BEST) Florida teaching. | 
              
                | 4949 | Section 67.  Paragraph (a) of subsection (22) of section | 
              
                | 4950 | 121.021, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 4951 | 121.021  Definitions.--The following words and phrases as | 
              
                | 4952 | used in this chapter have the respective meanings set forth | 
              
                | 4953 | unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context: | 
              
                | 4954 | (22)  "Compensation" means the monthly salary paid a | 
              
                | 4955 | member by his or her employer for work performed arising from | 
              
                | 4956 | that employment. | 
              
                | 4957 | (a)  Compensation shall include: | 
              
                | 4958 | 1.  Overtime payments paid from a salary fund. | 
              
                | 4959 | 2.  Accumulated annual leave payments. | 
              
                | 4960 | 3.  Payments in addition to the employee's base rate of | 
              
                | 4961 | pay if all the following apply: | 
              
                | 4962 | a.  The payments are paid according to a formal written | 
              
                | 4963 | policy that applies to all eligible employees equally; | 
              
                | 4964 | b.  The policy provides that payments shall commence no | 
              
                | 4965 | later than the 11th year of employment; | 
              
                | 4966 | c.  The payments are paid for as long as the employee | 
              
                | 4967 | continues his or her employment; and | 
              
                | 4968 | d.  The payments are paid at least annually. | 
              
                | 4969 | 4.  Amounts withheld for tax sheltered annuities or | 
              
                | 4970 | deferred compensation programs, or any other type of salary | 
              
                | 4971 | reduction plan authorized under the Internal Revenue Code. | 
              
                | 4972 | 5.  Payments made in lieu of a permanent increase in the | 
              
                | 4973 | base rate of pay, whether made annually or in 12 or 26 equal | 
              
                | 4974 | payments within a 12-month period, when the member's base pay | 
              
                | 4975 | is at the maximum of his or her pay range. When a portion of a | 
              
                | 4976 | member's annual increase raises his or her pay range and the | 
              
                | 4977 | excess is paid as a lump sum payment, such lump sum payment | 
              
                | 4978 | shall be compensation for retirement purposes. | 
              
                | 4979 | 6.  Effective July 1, 2002, salary supplements made | 
              
                | 4980 | pursuant to s. ss. 1012.73 and1012.72requiring a valid  | 
              
                | 4981 | National Board for Professional Standards certificateor  | 
              
                | 4982 | equivalent status as provided in s. 1012.73(3)(e)5., | 
              
                | 4983 | notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph 3. | 
              
                | 4984 | Section 68.  Paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of section | 
              
                | 4985 | 1013.35, Florida Statutes, is amended to read: | 
              
                | 4986 | 1013.35  School district educational facilities plan; | 
              
                | 4987 | definitions; preparation, adoption, and amendment; long-term | 
              
                | 4988 | work programs.-- | 
              
                | 4989 | (1)  DEFINITIONS.--As used in this section, the term: | 
              
                | 4990 | (b)  "District facilities work program" means the 5-year | 
              
                | 4991 | listing of capital outlay projects adopted by the district | 
              
                | 4992 | school board as provided in subparagraph (2)(a)2. and paragraph | 
              
                | 4993 | (2)(b) as part of the district educational facilities plan, | 
              
                | 4994 | which is required in order to: | 
              
                | 4995 | 1.  Properly maintain the educational plant and ancillary | 
              
                | 4996 | facilities of the district. | 
              
                | 4997 | 2.  Provide an adequate number of satisfactory student | 
              
                | 4998 | stations for the projected student enrollment of the district in | 
              
                | 4999 | K-12 programs in accordance with the goal in s. 1013.21. | 
              
                | 5000 | Section 69.  Subsection (5) is added to section 1013.45, | 
              
                | 5001 | Florida Statutes, to read: | 
              
                | 5002 | 1013.45  Educational facilities contracting and | 
              
                | 5003 | construction techniques.— | 
              
                | 5004 | (5)  In order to ensure that the construction of new and | 
              
                | 5005 | expanded educational facilities provides public school students | 
              
                | 5006 | with the best long-term value for classrooms, a district school | 
              
                | 5007 | board must consider, as part of the selection criteria for | 
              
                | 5008 | awarding facility contracts, a life cycle cost analysis of | 
              
                | 5009 | building materials when constructing or expanding school | 
              
                | 5010 | capacity. The analysis shall include the annualized anticipated | 
              
                | 5011 | energy consumption, the relative resistance of structural | 
              
                | 5012 | components to damage by wind loads and associated debris, the | 
              
                | 5013 | resistance of the structural components to wood-destroying | 
              
                | 5014 | organisms, a comparison of the perpetual maintenance costs, the | 
              
                | 5015 | resistance of the structural components to fire, and a | 
              
                | 5016 | comparison of the annual costs of providing insurance. District | 
              
                | 5017 | school boards may rely on the information provided by the | 
              
                | 5018 | contractor if the contractor's analysis is based upon the best | 
              
                | 5019 | currently available methods, including those of the National | 
              
                | 5020 | Institute of Standards and Technology, the United States | 
              
                | 5021 | Department of Housing and Urban Development, other federal or | 
              
                | 5022 | state agencies, or technical or professional societies. | 
              
                | 5023 | Section 70.  From the funds appropriated in Specific | 
              
                | 5024 | Appropriation 58D for BEST Florida teaching, $1,076,500 is | 
              
                | 5025 | hereby authorized for fiscal year 2003-2004 for the Teaching | 
              
                | 5026 | Fellows Program established in s. 1009.591, Florida Statutes. | 
              
                | 5027 | Section 71.  If any provision of this act or its | 
              
                | 5028 | application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the | 
              
                | 5029 | invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of | 
              
                | 5030 | the act which can be given effect without the invalid provision | 
              
                | 5031 | or application, and to this end the provisions of this act are | 
              
                | 5032 | severable. | 
              
                | 5033 | Section 72.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this act | 
              
                | 5034 | shall take effect July 1, 2003. |